comparison lisp/prim/auto-autoloads.el @ 163:0132846995bd r20-3b8

Import from CVS: tag r20-3b8
author cvs
date Mon, 13 Aug 2007 09:43:35 +0200
parents 28f395d8dc7a
children 5a88923fcbfe
comparison
equal deleted inserted replaced
162:4de2936b4e77 163:0132846995bd
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file! 1 ;;; DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads" 2 (if (not (featurep 'prim-autoloads))
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details. 3 (progn
4
5
6 ;;;### (autoloads (BibTeX-auto-store) "latex" "auctex/latex.el")
7
8 (autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
9 This function should be called from bibtex-mode-hook.
10 It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file." nil nil)
11
12 ;;;***
13
14 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "auctex/tex-info.el")
15
16 ;;;***
17
18 ;;;### (autoloads (japanese-latex-mode japanese-plain-tex-mode) "tex-jp" "auctex/tex-jp.el")
19
20 (autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
21 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
22 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters plain-tex-mode." t nil)
23
24 (autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
25 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
26 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters latex-mode." t nil)
27
28 ;;;***
29
30 ;;;### (autoloads (TeX-submit-bug-report TeX-insert-quote TeX-auto-generate-global TeX-auto-generate ams-tex-mode) "tex" "auctex/tex.el")
31
32 (autoload 'ams-tex-mode "tex" "\
33 Major mode for editing files of input for AmS TeX.
34 See info under AUC TeX for documentation.
35
36 Special commands:
37 \\{TeX-mode-map}
38
39 Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of text-mode-hook,
40 then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
41 of AmS-TeX-mode-hook." t nil)
42
43 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
44 Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
45 If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory." t nil)
46
47 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
48 Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions." t nil)
49
50 (autoload 'TeX-insert-quote "tex" "\
51 Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
52 Inserts the value of `TeX-open-quote' (normally ``) or `TeX-close-quote'
53 \(normally '') depending on the context. If `TeX-quote-after-quote'
54 is non-nil, this insertion works only after \".
55 With prefix argument, always inserts \" characters." t nil)
56
57 (autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
58 Submit via mail a bug report on AUC TeX" t nil)
59
60 ;;;***
61
62 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
63
64 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
65 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
66 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
67
68 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
69 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
70 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
71 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
72 NORECURSION is non-nil.
73
74 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
75 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
76 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
77 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
78
79 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
80
81 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
82 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
83
84 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
85 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
86 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
87
88 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
89 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
90 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
91
92 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
93 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
94 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
95 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
96
97 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
98 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
99 Print the result in the minibuffer.
100 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
101
102 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
103 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
104 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
105
106 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
107 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
108
109 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
110 Display a call graph of a specified file.
111 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
112 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
113 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
114 all functions called by those functions.
115
116 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
117 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
118 cons, etc.).
119
120 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
121 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
122 invoked interactively." t nil)
123
124 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
125 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
126 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
127 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
128 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
129 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
130
131 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
132 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
133
134 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
135 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
136 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
137 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
138
139 ;;;***
140
141 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
142
143 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
144 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
145 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
146 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
147 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
148 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
149
150 ;;;***
151
152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
153
154 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
155
156 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
157
158 ;;;***
159
160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
161
162 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
163 The frame set up of the calendar.
164 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
165 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
166 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
167
168 ;;;***
169
170 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
171
172 (defcustom calendar-week-start-day 0 "*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.\n0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
173
174 (defcustom calendar-offset 0 "*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.\n0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,\n+1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off\nthe screen." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
175
176 (defcustom view-diary-entries-initially nil "*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.\nThe diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,\nif the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed\nis governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
177
178 (defcustom number-of-diary-entries 1 "*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.\nThis variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,\nor if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For\nexample, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary\nentries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current\nday's and the next day's entries will be displayed.\n\nThe value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value\nsays to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries\nfor the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,\ndisplay Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only\nSaturday's entries on Saturday.\n\nThis variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command\nfrom the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the\nnumber of days of diary entries displayed." :type 'integer :group 'diary)
179
180 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
181
182 (defcustom view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.\nThe holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first\ndisplayed." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
183
184 (defcustom mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
185
186 (defcustom all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.\nThis means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
187
188 (defcustom all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.\nThis means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
189
190 (defcustom all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.\nThis means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
191
192 (defcustom calendar-load-hook nil "*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.\nThis is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
193
194 (defcustom initial-calendar-window-hook nil "*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.\nThe functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but\nonce opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command\nand reentering it will cause these functions to be called again." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
195
196 (defcustom today-visible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.\nThis can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a\nfunction `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)\nIt can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';\na function is also provided for this:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is not visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
197
198 (defcustom today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
199
200 (defcustom diary-file "~/diary" "*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.\n\nThe file's entries are lines in any of the forms\n\n MONTH/DAY\n MONTH/DAY/YEAR\n MONTHNAME DAY\n MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nat the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry\nstring for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is\na number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.\nIf the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.\nDAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.\nMONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three\ncharacters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,\nMONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,\nrespectively.\n\nThe European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used\ninstead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set\n`european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nTo revert to the default American style from the European style, execute\n`american-calendar' in the calendar.\n\nA diary entry can be preceded by the character\n`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry\nnonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar\nwindow but will appear in a diary window.\n\nMultiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with\neither a TAB or one or more spaces.\n\nLines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary\nentries (in the default American style):\n\n 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!\n &1/1. Happy New Year!\n 10/22 Ruth's birthday.\n 21: Payday\n Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am\n Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.\n 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!\n &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.\n mar 16 Dad's birthday\n April 15, 1989 Income tax due.\n &* 15 time cards due.\n\nIf the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with\nno trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the\ndiary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the\nsingle diary entry\n\n 02/11/1989\n Bill Blattner visits Princeton today\n 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting\n 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'\n 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden\n 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan\n 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School\n\nwill appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This\nfacility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if\nused with more than one day's entries displayed.\n\nDiary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry\n\n %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation\n\ncauses the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November\n10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',\n`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',\n`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',\n`diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',\n`diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and\n`diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function\n`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.\n\nDiary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also\npossible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored\nunless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the\n`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation\nfor these functions for details.\n\nDiary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for\ndetails, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'file :group 'diary)
201
202 (defcustom diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
203
204 (defcustom hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
205
206 (defcustom islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
207
208 (defcustom diary-include-string "#include" "*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.\nSee the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
209
210 (defcustom sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.\nSee the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
211
212 (defcustom abbreviated-calendar-year t "*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.\nFor the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.\nIf this variable is nil, years must be written in full." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
213
214 (defcustom european-calendar-style nil "*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.\nIf this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,\n1990. The accepted European date styles are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nNames can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three\ncharacters with or without a period." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
215
216 (defcustom american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
217
218 (defcustom european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
219
220 (defcustom european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.\nSee the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
221
222 (defcustom american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.\nSee the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
223
224 (defcustom print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.\nThe buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary\nbuffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for\nexample, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer\ninstead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
225
226 (defcustom list-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.\nIt is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.\n\nA function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of\nthis hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n\n #include \"filename\"\n\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing\nthe variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'\nas part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.\n\nFor example, you could use\n\n (setq list-diary-entries-hook\n '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))\n (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)\n\nin your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with\ndiary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into\nlexicographic order." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
227
228 (defcustom diary-hook nil "*List of functions called after the display of the diary.\nCan be used for appointment notification." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
229
230 (defcustom diary-display-hook nil "*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.\nIf nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no\ndiary display.\n\nOrdinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in\nthe mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these\nfunctions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order\nby date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)\nSTRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be\nused, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with\nholidays), or produce hard copy output.\n\nA function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative\nchoice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary\nbuffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement\nwith headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the\nvariable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy\ndiary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even\nif that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy\ndiary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
231
232 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
233
234 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.\n\nA function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the\nmark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n #include \"filename\"\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the\nvariable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as\npart of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
235
236 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
237
238 (defcustom diary-list-include-blanks nil "*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.\nSuch days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they\nare holidays." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
239
240 (defcustom holidays-in-diary-buffer t "*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.\nThe holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the\nfancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions\nsomewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
241
242 (defcustom general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "*General holidays. Default value is for the United States.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
243
244 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
245
246 (defcustom local-holidays nil "*Local holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays :group 'local)
247
248 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
249
250 (defcustom other-holidays nil "*User defined holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
251
252 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
253
254 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
255
256 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
257
258 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
259
260 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
261
262 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
263
264 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
265
266 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
267
268 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
269
270 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
271 *Jewish holidays.
272 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
273
274 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
275
276 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
277 *Christian holidays.
278 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
279
280 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
281
282 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
283 *Islamic holidays.
284 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
285
286 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
287
288 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
289 *Sun-related holidays.
290 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
291
292 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
293
294 (defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
295 *List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
296
297 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
298 `other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting any of
299 `general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
300 `islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
301 eliminate unwanted categories of holidays. The intention is that (in the US)
302 `local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
303 user.
304
305 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
306 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
307 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
308 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
309
310 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
311 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
312 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
313 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
314 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
315 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
316 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
317 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
318 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
319 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
320 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
321 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
322 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
323 is an expression in the variable `date'.
324
325 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
326
327 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
328
329 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
330 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
331
332 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
333
334 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
335 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
336
337 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
338
339 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
340 add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
341
342 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
343
344 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram. To
345 add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
346
347 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
348
349 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
350 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
351 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
352
353 (holiday-sexp
354 (if (zerop (% year 4))
355 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
356 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
357 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
358 (list 11 1 year)))))))
359 \"US Presidential Election\")
360
361 or
362
363 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
364 (holiday-fixed 11
365 (extract-calendar-day
366 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
367 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
368 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
369 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
370 \"US Presidential Election\"))
371
372 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
373
374 (lunar-phases)
375
376 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
377 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
378 with descriptive strings such as
379
380 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
381
382 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
383
384 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
385 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
386 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
387 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
388
389 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
390
391 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
392 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
393 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
394 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
395 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
396
397 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
398 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
399 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
400
401 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
402 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
403 or backward.
404
405 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
406 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
407 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
408 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
409 necessary to display the desired date.
410
411 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
412
413 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
414
415 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
416
417 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
418 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
419 calendar-mode-map.
420
421 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
422 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
423
424 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
425 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
426 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
427 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
428 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
429 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
430
431 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
432 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
433 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
434 from the cursor position." t nil)
435
436 ;;;***
437
438 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
439
440 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
441 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
442 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
443 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
444 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
445
446 ;;;***
447
448 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
449
450 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
451 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
452 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
453
454 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
455
456 ;;;***
457
458 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
459
460 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
461 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
462 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
463
464 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
465
466 ;;;***
467
468 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
469
470 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
471 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
472
473 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
474 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
475 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
476
477 For example, the form
478
479 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
480 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
481
482 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
483
484 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
485 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
486
487 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
488 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
489 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
490 York City.
491
492 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
493
494 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
495 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
496
497 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
498 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
499 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
500 York City.
501
502 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
503
504 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
505 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
506 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
507 pair.
508
509 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
510
511 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
512 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
513 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
514
515 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
516 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
517
518 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
519
520 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
521 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
522 Requires floating point." nil nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525
526 ;;;### (autoloads (background) "background" "comint/background.el")
527
528 (autoload 'background "background" "\
529 Run COMMAND in the background like csh.
530 A message is displayed when the job starts and finishes. The buffer is in
531 comint mode, so you can send input and signals to the job. The process object
532 is returned if anyone cares. See also comint-mode and the variables
533 background-show and background-select.
534
535 Optional second argument BUFFER-NAME is a buffer to insert the output into.
536 If omitted, a buffer name is constructed from the command run." t nil)
537
538 ;;;***
539
540 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
541
542 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
543 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
544 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
545 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
546 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
547 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
548 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
549 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
550
551 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
552
553 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
554 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
555 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
556 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
557 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
558 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
559
560 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
561 Dynamically perform completion at point.
562 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
563 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
564 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
565
566 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
567 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
568 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
569
570 ;;;***
571
572 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
573
574 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
575 Pathname for executing gdb.")
576
577 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
578 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
579 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
580 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
581 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
582
583 ;;;***
584
585 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
586
587 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
588 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
589 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
590 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
591
592 ;;;***
593
594 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
595
596 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
597 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
598 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
599 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
600
601 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
602 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
603 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
604 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
605
606 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
607 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
608 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
609 and source-file directory for your debugger.
610
611 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
612 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
613
614 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
615 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
616 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
617 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
618
619 ;;;***
620
621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
622
623 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
624
625 ;;;***
626
627 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
628
629 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
630
631 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
632 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
633 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
634
635 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
636 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
637 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
638 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
639
640 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
641 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
642
643 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
644 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
645
646 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
647 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
648 INPUT-ARGS.
649
650 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
651 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
652 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
653 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
654 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
655
656 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
657 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
658 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
659 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
660
661 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
662 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
663 variable." t nil)
664
665 ;;;***
666
667 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
668
669 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
670 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
671 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
672 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
673 shell buffer.
674
675 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
676 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
677 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
678
679 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
680
681 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
682 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
683 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
684 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
685 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
686 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
687 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
688 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
689 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
690 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
691 discards input when it starts up.)
692 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
693 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
694 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
695
696 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
697 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
698 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
699 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
700
701 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
702
703 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
704
705 ;;;***
706
707 ;;;### (autoloads (ssh) "ssh" "comint/ssh.el")
708
709 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*ssh-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
710
711 (autoload 'ssh "ssh" "\
712 Open a network login connection via `ssh' with args INPUT-ARGS.
713 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
714 other arguments for `ssh'.
715
716 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
717
718 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*ssh-HOST*'
719 \(or `*ssh-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
720 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*ssh-HOST*' already exists,
721 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
722
723 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
724 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
725
726 The variable `ssh-program' contains the name of the actual program to
727 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
728
729 The variable `ssh-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
730 the ssh when starting. They are prepended to any arguments given in
731 INPUT-ARGS.
732
733 If the default value of `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
734 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
735 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
736 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
737 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
738
739 If `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
740 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
741 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
742 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
743
744 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
745 function `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
746 variable." t nil)
747
748 ;;;***
749
750 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
751
752 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
753
754 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
755 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
756 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
757 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
758 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
759 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
760
761 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
762
763 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
764 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
765 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
766 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
767 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
768
769 ;;;***
770
771 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all custom-save-customized custom-buffer-create-other-window custom-buffer-create customize-apropos customize-saved customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face customize-option-other-window customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group customize custom-set-variable custom-set-value) "cus-edit" "custom/cus-edit.el")
772
773 (autoload 'custom-set-value "cus-edit" "\
774 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
775
776 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
777 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
778
779 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
780 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value." t nil)
781
782 (autoload 'custom-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
783 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
784
785 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
786 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
787
788 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
789 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
790
791 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
792 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
793
794 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
795 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. " t nil)
796
797 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
798 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
799 User options are structured into \"groups\".
800 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
801 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
802
803 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
804 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
805
806 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
807 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
808
809 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
810
811 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
812 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
813
814 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
815
816 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
817 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
818 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
819
820 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
821 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
822 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
823
824 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
825 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
826
827 (autoload 'customize-customized "cus-edit" "\
828 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
829
830 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
831 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
832
833 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
834 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
835 If ALL (e.g., started with a prefix key), include options which are not
836 user-settable." t nil)
837
838 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
839 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
840 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
841 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
842 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
843 that option." nil nil)
844
845 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
846 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
847 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
848 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
849 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
850 that option." nil nil)
851
852 (autoload 'custom-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
853 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
854
855 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
856 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
857
858 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
859 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
860 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
861
862 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
863 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
864 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
865 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
866 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
867
868 ;;;***
869
870 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-initialize-frame custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "custom/cus-face.el")
871
872 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
873 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
874
875 (autoload 'custom-initialize-frame "cus-face" "\
876 Initialize local faces for FRAME if necessary.
877 If FRAME is missing or nil, the first member of (frame-list) is used." nil nil)
878
879 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
880 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
881 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
882
883 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
884
885 SPEC will be stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present
886 and non-nil, FACE will also be created according to SPEC.
887
888 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
889
890 ;;;***
891
892 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "custom/wid-browse.el")
893
894 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
895 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
896
897 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
898 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
899
900 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
901 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
902
903 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
904 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
905 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
906
907 ;;;***
908
909 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value widget-apply) "wid-edit" "custom/wid-edit.el")
910
911 (autoload 'widget-apply "wid-edit" "\
912 Apply the value of WIDGET's PROPERTY to the widget itself.
913 ARGS are passed as extra arguments to the function." nil nil)
914
915 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
916 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
917 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
918
919 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
920 Create widget of TYPE.
921 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
922
923 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
924 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
925
926 ;;;***
927
928 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
929
930 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
931 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
932 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
933 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
934
935 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
936
937 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
938 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
939 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
940 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
941 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
942
943 ;;;***
944
945 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
946
947 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
948 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
949
950 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
951
952 ;;;***
953
954 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
955
956 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
957 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
958 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
959 which see." t nil)
960
961 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
962 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
963 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
964 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
965
966 ;;;***
967
968 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
969
970 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
971 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
972
973 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
974 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
975
976 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
977
978 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
979
980 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
981 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
982
983 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
984
985 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
986 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
987
988 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
989
990 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
991 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
992 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
993 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
994
995 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
996
997 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
998 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
999 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
1000 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
1001
1002 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
1003
1004 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
1005 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
1006 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
1007 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
1008
1009 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
1010
1011 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
1012 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
1013 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
1014 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
1015
1016 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
1017
1018 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
1019 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
1020 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
1021 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
1022 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
1023 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
1024
1025 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
1026 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
1027 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
1028 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
1029
1030 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
1031
1032 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
1033 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
1034 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
1035 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
1036
1037 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
1038
1039 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
1040
1041 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
1042 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
1043 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
1044 follows:
1045 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
1046 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
1047
1048 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
1049 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
1050 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
1051 follows:
1052 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
1053 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
1054
1055 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
1056 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
1057 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
1058 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
1059 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
1060
1061 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
1062 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
1063 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
1064 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
1065 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
1066 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
1067
1068 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
1069
1070 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
1071 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
1072
1073 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
1074 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
1075
1076 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
1077
1078 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
1079 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
1080
1081 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
1082 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
1083
1084 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
1085 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
1086 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
1087 buffer." t nil)
1088
1089 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
1090 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
1091 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
1092 buffer." t nil)
1093
1094 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
1095 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
1096 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
1097 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
1098
1099 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
1100 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
1101
1102 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
1103 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
1104
1105 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
1106
1107 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
1108
1109 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
1110 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
1111 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
1112 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
1113
1114 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
1115 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
1116 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
1117
1118 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
1119 Display Ediff's manual.
1120 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
1121
1122 ;;;***
1123
1124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "default-dir" "efs/default-dir.el")
1125
1126 (defvar default-directory-function nil "\
1127 A function to call to compute the default-directory for the current buffer.
1128 If this is nil, the function default-directory will return the value of the
1129 variable default-directory.
1130 Buffer local.")
1131
1132 ;;;***
1133
1134 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump-back-other-frame dired-jump-back-other-window dired-jump-back dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired default-directory) "dired" "efs/dired.el")
1135
1136 (autoload 'default-directory "dired" "\
1137 Returns the default-directory for the current buffer.
1138 Will use the variable default-directory-function if it non-nil." nil nil)
1139
1140 (defvar dired-compression-method 'compress "\
1141 *Type of compression program to use.
1142 Give as a symbol.
1143 Currently-recognized methods are: gzip pack compact compress.
1144 To change this variable use \\[dired-do-compress] with a zero prefix.")
1145
1146 (defvar dired-compression-method-alist '((gzip ".gz" ("gzip") ("gzip" "-d") "-f") (compress ".Z" ("compress" "-f") ("compress" "-d") "-f") (pack ".z" ("pack" "-f") ("unpack")) (compact ".C" ("compact") ("uncompact"))) "\
1147 *Association list of compression method descriptions.
1148 Each element of the table should be a list of the form
1149
1150 (compress-type extension (compress-args) (decompress-args) force-flag)
1151
1152 where
1153 `compress-type' is a unique symbol in the alist to which
1154 `dired-compression-method' can be set;
1155 `extension' is the file extension (as a string) used by files compressed
1156 by this method;
1157 `compress-args' is a list of the path of the compression program and
1158 flags to pass as separate arguments;
1159 `decompress-args' is a list of the path of the decompression
1160 program and flags to pass as separate arguments.
1161 `force-flag' is the switch to pass to the command to force overwriting
1162 of existing files.
1163
1164 For example:
1165
1166 (setq dired-compression-method-alist
1167 (cons '(frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\") \"-f\")
1168 dired-compression-method-alist))
1169 => ((frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\"))
1170 (gzip \".gz\" (\"gzip\") (\"gunzip\"))
1171 ...)
1172
1173 See also: dired-compression-method <V>")
1174
1175 (defvar dired-ls-program "ls" "\
1176 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
1177
1178 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
1179 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
1180 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
1181
1182 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v linux)) "chown" "/etc/chown") "\
1183 *Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
1184
1185 (defvar dired-gnutar-program nil "\
1186 *If non-nil, name of the GNU tar executable (e.g. \"tar\" or \"gnutar\").
1187 GNU tar's `z' switch is used for compressed tar files.
1188 If you don't have GNU tar, set this to nil: a pipe using `zcat' is then used.")
1189
1190 (defvar dired-unshar-program nil "\
1191 *Set to the name of the unshar program, if you have it.")
1192
1193 (defvar dired-local-variables-file ".dired" "\
1194 *If non-nil, filename for local variables for Dired.
1195 If Dired finds a file with that name in the current directory, it will
1196 temporarily insert it into the dired buffer and run `hack-local-variables'.
1197
1198 Type \\[info] and `g' `(emacs)File Variables' `RET' for more info on
1199 local variables.")
1200
1201 (defvar dired-kept-versions 2 "\
1202 *When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.")
1203
1204 (defvar dired-find-subdir nil "\
1205 *Determines whether dired tries to lookup a subdir in existing buffers.
1206 If non-nil, dired does not make a new buffer for a directory if it can be
1207 found (perhaps as subdir) in some existing dired buffer. If there are several
1208 dired buffers for a directory, then the most recently used one is chosen.
1209
1210 Dired avoids switching to the current buffer, so that if you have
1211 a normal and a wildcard buffer for the same directory, C-x d RET will
1212 toggle between those two.")
1213
1214 (defvar dired-use-file-transformers t "\
1215 *Determines whether dired uses file transformers.
1216 If non-nil `dired-do-shell-command' will apply file transformers to file names.
1217 See \\[describe-function] for dired-do-shell-command for more information.")
1218
1219 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
1220 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
1221 This means that if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
1222 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
1223 The target is put in the prompt for file copy, rename, etc.")
1224
1225 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
1226 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
1227 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
1228 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
1229
1230 (defvar dired-no-confirm nil "\
1231 *If non-nil, a list of symbols for commands dired should not confirm.
1232 It can be a sublist of
1233
1234 '(byte-compile chgrp chmod chown compress copy delete hardlink load
1235 move print shell symlink uncompress recursive-delete kill-file-buffer
1236 kill-dired-buffer patch create-top-dir revert-subdirs)
1237
1238 The meanings of most of the symbols are obvious. A few exceptions:
1239
1240 'compress applies to compression or decompression by any of the
1241 compression program in `dired-compression-method-alist'.
1242
1243 'kill-dired-buffer applies to offering to kill dired buffers for
1244 directories which have been deleted.
1245
1246 'kill-file-buffer applies to offering to kill buffers visiting files
1247 which have been deleted.
1248
1249 'recursive-delete applies to recursively deleting non-empty
1250 directories, and all of their contents.
1251
1252 'create-top-dir applies to `dired-up-directory' creating a new top level
1253 directory for the dired buffer.
1254
1255 'revert-subdirs applies to re-reading subdirectories which have
1256 been modified on disk.
1257
1258 Note that this list also applies to remote files accessed with efs
1259 or ange-ftp.")
1260
1261 (defvar dired-backup-if-overwrite nil "\
1262 *Non-nil if Dired should ask about making backups before overwriting files.
1263 Special value 'always suppresses confirmation.")
1264
1265 (defvar dired-omit-files nil "\
1266 *If non-nil un-interesting files will be omitted from this dired buffer.
1267 Use \\[dired-omit-toggle] to see these files. (buffer local)")
1268
1269 (defvar dired-mail-reader 'rmail "\
1270 *Mail reader used by dired for dired-read-mail (\\[dired-read-mail]).
1271 The symbols 'rmail and 'vm are the only two allowed values.")
1272
1273 (defvar dired-refresh-automatically t "\
1274 *If non-nil, refresh dired buffers automatically after file operations.")
1275
1276 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
1277
1278 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
1279 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
1280 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
1281 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
1282 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
1283 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
1284 its first element is taken as the directory name and the resr as an explicit
1285 list of files to make directory entries for.
1286 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
1287 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
1288 delete them by typing \\[dired-expunge-deletions].
1289 Type \\[dired-describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
1290
1291 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
1292
1293 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
1294
1295 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
1296 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
1297
1298 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
1299
1300 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
1301 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
1302
1303 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
1304 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
1305
1306 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back)
1307
1308 (autoload 'dired-jump-back "dired" "\
1309 Jump back to dired.
1310 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
1311 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
1312 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
1313 buffer and try again." t nil)
1314
1315 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-window)
1316
1317 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-window "dired" "\
1318 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but to other window." t nil)
1319
1320 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-frame)
1321
1322 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-frame "dired" "\
1323 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but in another frame." t nil)
1324
1325 ;;;***
1326
1327 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-ftp-path) "efs-cu" "efs/efs-cu.el")
1328
1329 (defvar efs-path-root-regexp "^/[^/:]+:" "\
1330 Regexp to match the `/user@host:' root of an efs full path.")
1331
1332 (autoload 'efs-ftp-path "efs-cu" "\
1333 Parse PATH according to efs-path-regexp.
1334 Returns a list (HOST USER PATH), or nil if PATH does not match the format." nil nil)
1335
1336 ;;;***
1337
1338 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-path-file-handler-function) "efs-dump" "efs/efs-dump.el")
1339
1340 (or (assoc efs-path-root-regexp file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons efs-path-root-regexp 'remote-path-file-handler-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
1341
1342 (autoload 'remote-path-file-handler-function "efs-dump" "\
1343 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
1344
1345 ;;;***
1346
1347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "efs-fnh" "efs/efs-fnh.el")
1348
1349 (defvar allow-remote-paths t "\
1350 *Set this to nil if you don't want remote paths to access
1351 remote files.")
1352
1353 ;;;***
1354
1355 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-root-file-name-completion efs-root-file-name-all-completions efs-set-passwd) "efs-netrc" "efs/efs-netrc.el")
1356
1357 (autoload 'efs-set-passwd "efs-netrc" "\
1358 For a given HOST and USER, set or change the associated PASSWORD." t nil)
1359
1360 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-all-completions "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
1361
1362 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-completion "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
1363
1364 ;;;***
1365
1366 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-report-bug) "efs-report" "efs/efs-report.el")
1367
1368 (autoload 'efs-report-bug "efs-report" "\
1369 Submit a bug report for efs." t nil)
1370
1371 ;;;***
1372
1373 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-file-handler-function efs-nslookup-host efs-display-ftp-activity) "efs" "efs/efs.el")
1374
1375 (autoload 'efs-display-ftp-activity "efs" "\
1376 Displays the number of active background ftp sessions in the modeline.
1377 Uses the variable `efs-mode-line-format' to determine how this will be
1378 displayed." t nil)
1379
1380 (autoload 'efs-nslookup-host "efs" "\
1381 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
1382
1383 (autoload 'efs-file-handler-function "efs" "\
1384 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
1385
1386 ;;;***
1387
1388 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
1389
1390 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
1391 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
1392 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
1393 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
1394
1395 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
1396 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
1397 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
1398
1399 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
1400 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
1401 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
1402
1403 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
1404
1405 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
1406 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
1407 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
1408 or an arbitrary predicate function.
1409
1410 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
1411
1412 ;;;***
1413
1414 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
1415
1416 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
1417 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
1418 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
1419
1420 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
1421 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
1422 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
1423 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
1424 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
1425 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
1426 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
1427
1428 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
1429
1430 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
1431 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
1432 \\{electric-history-map}
1433
1434 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
1435 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
1436
1437 ;;;***
1438
1439 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
1440
1441 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
1442 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
1443 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
1444 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
1445 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
1446 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
1447 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
1448 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
1449
1450 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
1451 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
1452
1453 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
1454 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
1455 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
1456 this value is non-nil.
1457
1458 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
1459 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
1460 things.
1461
1462 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
1463 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
1464 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
1465
1466 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
1467
1468 ;;;***
1469
1470 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
1471
1472 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
1473 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
1474
1475 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
1476 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
1477
1478 ;;;***
1479
1480 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
1481
1482 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
1483 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
1484
1485 ;;;***
1486
1487 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
1488
1489 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
1490 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
1491
1492 ;;;***
1493
1494 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
1495
1496 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
1497
1498 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
1499
1500 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
1501 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
1502
1503 ;;;***
1504
1505 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
1506
1507 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
1508 Set scroll margins." t nil)
1509
1510 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
1511 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
1512
1513 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
1514 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
1515
1516 ;;;***
1517
1518 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
1519
1520 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
1521 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
1522
1523 BUGS:
1524 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
1525 are not implemented
1526 - Options for search and replace
1527 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
1528 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
1529
1530 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
1531 Emacs-like.
1532
1533 The key bindings are:
1534
1535 C-a backward-word
1536 C-b fill-paragraph
1537 C-c scroll-up-line
1538 C-d forward-char
1539 C-e previous-line
1540 C-f forward-word
1541 C-g delete-char
1542 C-h backward-char
1543 C-i indent-for-tab-command
1544 C-j help-for-help
1545 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
1546 C-l ws-repeat-search
1547 C-n open-line
1548 C-p quoted-insert
1549 C-r scroll-down-line
1550 C-s backward-char
1551 C-t kill-word
1552 C-u keyboard-quit
1553 C-v overwrite-mode
1554 C-w scroll-down
1555 C-x next-line
1556 C-y kill-complete-line
1557 C-z scroll-up
1558
1559 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
1560 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
1561 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
1562 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
1563 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
1564 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
1565 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
1566 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
1567 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
1568 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
1569 C-k b ws-begin-block
1570 C-k c ws-copy-block
1571 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
1572 C-k f find-file
1573 C-k h ws-show-markers
1574 C-k i ws-indent-block
1575 C-k k ws-end-block
1576 C-k p ws-print-block
1577 C-k q kill-emacs
1578 C-k r insert-file
1579 C-k s save-some-buffers
1580 C-k t ws-mark-word
1581 C-k u ws-exdent-block
1582 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
1583 C-k v ws-move-block
1584 C-k w ws-write-block
1585 C-k x kill-emacs
1586 C-k y ws-delete-block
1587
1588 C-o c wordstar-center-line
1589 C-o b switch-to-buffer
1590 C-o j justify-current-line
1591 C-o k kill-buffer
1592 C-o l list-buffers
1593 C-o m auto-fill-mode
1594 C-o r set-fill-column
1595 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
1596 C-o wd delete-other-windows
1597 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
1598 C-o wo other-window
1599 C-o wv split-window-vertically
1600
1601 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
1602 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
1603 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
1604 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
1605 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
1606 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
1607 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
1608 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
1609 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
1610 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
1611 C-q a ws-query-replace
1612 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
1613 C-q c end-of-buffer
1614 C-q d end-of-line
1615 C-q f ws-search
1616 C-q k ws-to-block-end
1617 C-q l ws-undo
1618 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
1619 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
1620 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
1621 C-q w ws-last-error
1622 C-q y ws-kill-eol
1623 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
1624 " t nil)
1625
1626 ;;;***
1627
1628 ;;;### (autoloads (term make-term) "term" "eterm/term.el")
1629
1630 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
1631 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
1632 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
1633 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
1634 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
1635 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
1636
1637 (autoload 'term "term" "\
1638 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
1639
1640 ;;;***
1641
1642 ;;;### (autoloads (tperldb txdb tdbx tsdb tgdb) "tgud" "eterm/tgud.el")
1643
1644 (autoload 'tgdb "tgud" "\
1645 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
1646 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
1647 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'tsdb "tgud" "\
1650 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
1651 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
1652 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
1653
1654 (autoload 'tdbx "tgud" "\
1655 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
1656 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
1657 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
1658
1659 (autoload 'txdb "tgud" "\
1660 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
1661 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
1662 and source-file directory for your debugger.
1663
1664 You can set the variable 'tgud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
1665 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
1666
1667 (autoload 'tperldb "tgud" "\
1668 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
1669 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
1670 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
1671
1672 ;;;***
1673
1674 ;;;### (autoloads (tshell) "tshell" "eterm/tshell.el")
1675
1676 (defvar tshell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
1677 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
1678 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
1679 This variable is used to initialise `term-prompt-regexp' in the
1680 shell buffer.
1681
1682 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
1683 tshell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
1684 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
1685
1686 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
1687
1688 (autoload 'tshell "tshell" "\
1689 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
1690 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
1691 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
1692 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
1693 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
1694 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
1695 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
1696 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
1697 discards input when it starts up.)
1698 The buffer is put in Tshell mode, giving commands for sending input
1699 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `tshell-mode'.
1700 See also the variable `tshell-prompt-pattern'.
1701
1702 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
1703 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
1704 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
1705 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
1706
1707 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
1708
1709 ;;;***
1710
1711 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
1712
1713 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1714 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1715 the default is 4.
1716
1717 What is blackbox?
1718
1719 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1720 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1721 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1722 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1723 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1724 your score.
1725
1726 Overview of play:
1727
1728 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1729 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1730 four.
1731
1732 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1733 movement keys.
1734
1735 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1736 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1737
1738 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1739 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1740
1741 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1742 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1743 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1744 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1745 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1746 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1747
1748 Details:
1749
1750 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1751
1752 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1753 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1754 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1755 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1756
1757 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1758 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1759 denoted by the letter `R'.
1760
1761 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1762 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1763 denoted by the letter `H'.
1764
1765 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1766 example.
1767
1768 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1769 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1770 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1771 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1772 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1773 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1774 ray.
1775
1776 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1777 degree deflection it causes.
1778
1779 1
1780 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1781 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1782 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1783 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1784 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1785 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1786 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1787 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1788 2 3
1789
1790 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1791 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1792
1793
1794 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1795 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1796 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1797 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1798 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1799 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1800 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1801 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1802
1803 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1804 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1805 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1806 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1807 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1808 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1809 emerging from the box.
1810
1811 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1812
1813 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1814 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1815 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1816 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1817 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1818 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1819 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1820 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1821
1822 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1823 a reflection." t nil)
1824
1825 ;;;***
1826
1827 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
1828
1829 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
1830 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
1831
1832 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
1833 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
1834
1835 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
1836 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
1837
1838 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
1839 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
1840 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
1841
1842 ;;;***
1843
1844 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
1845
1846 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
1847 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
1848 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
1849
1850 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
1851 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
1852 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
1853
1854 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
1855 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
1856 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
1857 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
1858
1859 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
1860 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
1861
1862 ;;;***
1863
1864 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "games/decipher.el")
1865
1866 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
1867 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
1868
1869 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
1870 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
1871 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
1872 Upper-case letters are commands.
1873
1874 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
1875 modify it.
1876
1877 The most useful commands are:
1878 \\<decipher-mode-map>
1879 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
1880 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
1881 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
1882 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
1883 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
1884
1885 ;;;***
1886
1887 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
1888
1889 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
1890 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
1891 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
1892 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
1893 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
1894 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
1895 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
1896 Default is 2." t nil)
1897
1898 ;;;***
1899
1900 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
1901
1902 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
1903 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
1904
1905 ;;;***
1906
1907 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
1908
1909 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
1910 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
1911
1912 ;;;***
1913
1914 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
1915
1916 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
1917 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
1918
1919 ;;;***
1920
1921 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
1922
1923 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
1924 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
1925 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
1926 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
1927
1928 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
1929 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
1930 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
1931 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
1932 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
1933 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
1934
1935 ;;;***
1936
1937 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
1938
1939 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
1940 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
1941
1942 ;;;***
1943
1944 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
1945
1946 (autoload 'life "life" "\
1947 Run Conway's Life simulation.
1948 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
1949 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
1950 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
1951
1952 ;;;***
1953
1954 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
1955
1956 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
1957 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
1958
1959 ;;;***
1960
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
1962
1963 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
1964 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1965
1966 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
1967 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1968
1969 ;;;***
1970
1971 ;;;### (autoloads (xmine-mode) "xmine" "games/xmine.el")
1972
1973 (autoload 'xmine-mode "xmine" "\
1974 A mode for playing the well known mine searching game.
1975
1976 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button1]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action1]' unhides a tile,
1977 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button2]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action2]' unhides all neighbours of a tile,
1978 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button3]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action3]' (un)flagges a tile to hold a mine.
1979
1980 `\\[xmine-key-new]' starts a new game.
1981 `\\[xmine-key-quit]' ends a game.
1982
1983 All keybindings (with alternatives) currently in effect:
1984 \\{xmine-keymap}
1985
1986 The rules are quite easy: You start by unhiding (random) tiles. An unhidden
1987 tile showing a number tells you something about the number of mines in it's
1988 neighborhood, where the neighborhood are all 8 tiles (or less if it's
1989 at a border) around the tile.
1990
1991 E.g. a \"1\" shows you that there is only one mine in the neighborhood of
1992 this tile. Empty tiles have no mines around them, and empty tiles in
1993 the neighborhood of another empty tile are all automatically unhidden
1994 if you unhide one of them. You need to find a strategy to use the
1995 information you have from the numbers to \"flag\" the tiles with mines
1996 under them and unhide all other tiles. If you correctly made this
1997 without accidently unhiding a mine, you've won.
1998
1999 If you are sure you have correctly flagged all mines around a unhidden tile,
2000 you can use Button-2 or \\[xmine-key-action2] on it to unhide all it's
2001 neighbors. But beware: If you made a mistake by flagging the wrong mines,
2002 you'll blow up!
2003
2004 Have Fun." t nil)
2005
2006 (fset 'xmine 'xmine-mode)
2007
2008 ;;;***
2009
2010 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
2011
2012 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
2013 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
2014
2015 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
2016 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
2017
2018 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
2019 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
2020 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
2021
2022 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
2023 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
2024
2025 ;;;***
2026
2027 ;;;### (autoloads (gnats:summ-pr gnats:query-pr gnats:edit-pr gnats:view-pr gnats:gnats-mode) "gnats" "gnats/gnats.el")
2028
2029 (defvar gnats::mode-name nil "\
2030 Name of the GNATS mode.")
2031
2032 (setq gnats::mode-name 'gnats:gnats-mode)
2033
2034 (fset 'gnats-mode gnats::mode-name)
2035
2036 (autoload 'gnats:gnats-mode "gnats" "\
2037 Major mode for editing problem reports.
2038 For information about the form see gnats(1) and pr_form(5).
2039
2040 When you are finished editing the buffer, type \\[gnats:submit-pr] to commit
2041 your changes to the PR database. To abort the edit, type
2042 \\[gnats:unlock-buffer].
2043
2044 Special commands:
2045 \\{gnats-mode-map}
2046 Turning on gnats-mode calls the value of the variable gnats-mode-hook,
2047 if it is not nil." nil nil)
2048
2049 (fset 'view-pr 'gnats:view-pr)
2050
2051 (autoload 'gnats:view-pr "gnats" "\
2052 Visit the problem report named by the string ID. While viewing, press
2053 'e' to edit the currently viewed PR." t nil)
2054
2055 (fset 'edit-pr 'gnats:edit-pr)
2056
2057 (autoload 'gnats:edit-pr "gnats" "\
2058 Edit the problem report named by the string ID." t nil)
2059
2060 (fset 'query-pr 'gnats:query-pr)
2061
2062 (autoload 'gnats:query-pr "gnats" "\
2063 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2064 While query-pr runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2065 to find the text that the hits refer to." t nil)
2066
2067 (fset 'summ-pr 'gnats:summ-pr)
2068
2069 (autoload 'gnats:summ-pr "gnats" "\
2070 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and display a pretty summary.
2071 Well, display a summary, at least." t nil)
2072
2073 ;;;***
2074
2075 ;;;### (autoloads (send-pr:send-pr-mode send-pr:send-pr) "send-pr" "gnats/send-pr.el")
2076
2077 (fset 'send-pr 'send-pr:send-pr)
2078
2079 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr "send-pr" "\
2080 Create a buffer and read in the result of `send-pr -P'.
2081 When finished with editing the problem report use \\[send-pr:submit-pr]
2082 to send the PR with `send-pr -b -f -'." t nil)
2083
2084 (fset 'send-pr-mode 'send-pr:send-pr-mode)
2085
2086 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr-mode "send-pr" "\
2087 Major mode for submitting problem reports.
2088 For information about the form see gnats(1) and send-pr(1).
2089 Special commands: \\{send-pr-mode-map}
2090 Turning on send-pr-mode calls the value of the variable send-pr-mode-hook,
2091 if it is not nil." t nil)
2092
2093 ;;;***
2094
2095 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
2096
2097 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
2098 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
2099
2100 ;;;***
2101
2102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el")
2103
2104 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
2105 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
2106
2107 ;;;***
2108
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
2110
2111 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
2112 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
2113
2114 Usage:
2115 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
2116
2117 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
2118 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
2119
2120 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
2121 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
2122
2123 ;;;***
2124
2125 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el")
2126
2127 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
2128 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
2129 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
2130
2131 ;;;***
2132
2133 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el")
2134
2135 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
2136
2137 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
2138 Run batched scoring.
2139 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
2140 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
2141 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
2142 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
2143
2144 ;;;***
2145
2146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el")
2147
2148 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
2149 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
2150 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
2151
2152 ;;;***
2153
2154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
2155
2156 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
2157 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
2158 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
2159 for matching on group names.
2160
2161 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
2162 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
2163
2164 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
2165
2166 ;;;***
2167
2168 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el")
2169
2170 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
2171 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
2172
2173 ;;;***
2174
2175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el")
2176
2177 (autoload 'gnus-unload "gnus-start" "\
2178 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
2179
2180 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
2181 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
2182
2183 ;;;***
2184
2185 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el")
2186
2187 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
2188 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
2189
2190 ;;;***
2191
2192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
2193
2194 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
2195 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
2196
2197 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
2198 Read network news.
2199 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
2200 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
2201 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
2202 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
2203 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
2204
2205 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
2206 Read news as a slave." t nil)
2207
2208 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
2209 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
2210
2211 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
2212 Read network news.
2213 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
2214 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
2215 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
2216
2217 ;;;***
2218
2219 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
2220
2221 (defcustom message-from-style 'default "*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.\n\nIf `nil', they contain just the return address like:\n king@grassland.com\nIf `parens', they look like:\n king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)\nIf `angles', they look like:\n Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>\n\nOtherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like\n`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not." :type '(choice (const :tag "simple" nil) (const parens) (const angles) (const default)) :group 'message-headers)
2222
2223 (defcustom message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "Regexp matching the signature separator." :type 'regexp :group 'message-various)
2224
2225 (defcustom message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "*Local news organization file." :type 'file :group 'message-headers)
2226
2227 (defcustom message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.\nThe headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the\nvariable `mail-header-separator'.\n\nLegal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),\n`message-send-mail-with-mh' and `message-send-mail-with-qmail'." :type '(radio (function-item message-send-mail-with-sendmail) (function-item message-send-mail-with-mh) (function-item message-send-mail-with-qmail) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending :group 'message-mail)
2228
2229 (defcustom message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
2230
2231 (defcustom message-yank-prefix "> " "*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.\nnil means use indentation." :type 'string :group 'message-insertion)
2232
2233 (defcustom message-cite-function (if (and (boundp 'mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook 'message-cite-original) "*Function for citing an original message." :type '(radio (function-item message-cite-original) (function-item sc-cite-original) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-insertion)
2234
2235 (defcustom message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.\nThis can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the\ncitation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave\npoint and mark around the citation text as modified." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
2236
2237 (defcustom message-signature t "*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.\nIf t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.\nIf a function, the result from the function will be used instead.\nIf a form, the result from the form will be used instead." :type 'sexp :group 'message-insertion)
2238
2239 (defcustom message-signature-file "~/.signature" "*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer." :type 'file :group 'message-insertion)
2240
2241 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
2242 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
2243 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
2244 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
2245 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
2246 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
2247 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
2248 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
2249 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
2250 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
2251 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
2252 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
2253 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
2254 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
2255 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
2256 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
2257 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
2258 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
2259 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
2260 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
2261
2262 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
2263 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
2264
2265 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
2266 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
2267
2268 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
2269 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
2270
2271 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
2272 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
2273
2274 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
2275 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
2276 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
2277
2278 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
2279 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
2280
2281 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
2282 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
2283 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
2284 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
2285
2286 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
2287 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
2288
2289 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
2290 Forward the current message via mail.
2291 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
2292
2293 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
2294 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
2295
2296 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
2297 Re-mail the current message.
2298 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
2299 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
2300 you." t nil)
2301
2302 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
2303 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
2304
2305 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
2306 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
2307
2308 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
2309 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
2310
2311 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
2312 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
2313
2314 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
2315 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
2316 Works by overstriking characters.
2317 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
2318 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
2319
2320 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
2321 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
2322 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
2323 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
2324
2325 ;;;***
2326
2327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el")
2328
2329 (defvar message-signature-file mail-signature-file "\
2330 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
2331
2332 ;;;***
2333
2334 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el")
2335
2336 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
2337 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
2338 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
2339 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
2340 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
2341 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
2342
2343 ;;;***
2344
2345 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
2346
2347 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
2348 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
2349
2350 ;;;***
2351
2352 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
2353
2354 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
2355 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
2356 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
2357
2358 ;;;***
2359
2360 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
2361
2362 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
2363 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
2364
2365 ;;;***
2366
2367 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
2368
2369 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
2370 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
2371
2372 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
2373 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
2376 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
2377
2378 ;;;***
2379
2380 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
2381
2382 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
2383 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
2384 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
2385
2386 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
2387
2388 ;;;***
2389
2390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
2391
2392 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
2393 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
2394
2395 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
2396
2397 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" "\
2398 Display \"smileys\" as small graphical icons." t nil)
2399
2400 ;;;***
2401
2402 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
2403
2404 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
2405 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
2406 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
2407 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
2408 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
2409
2410 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
2411 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
2412 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
2413
2414 ;;;***
2415
2416 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
2417
2418 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
2419 Start Mosaic." t nil)
2420
2421 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
2422 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
2423
2424 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
2425 View html buffer with Mosaic.
2426 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
2429 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
2430
2431 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
2432 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
2433
2434 ;;;***
2435
2436 ;;;### (autoloads (tmpl-insert-template-file tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer tmpl-expand-templates-in-region) "tmpl-minor-mode" "hm--html-menus/tmpl-minor-mode.el")
2437
2438 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-region "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
2439 Expands the templates in the region from BEGIN to END.
2440 If BEGIN and END are nil, then the current region is used." t nil)
2441
2442 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
2443 Expands all templates in the current buffer." t nil)
2444
2445 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
2446 Inserts a template FILE and expands it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
2447 This command tries to read the template file from a list of
2448 predefined directories (look at `tmpl-template-dir-list') and it filters
2449 the contents of these directories with the regular expression
2450 `tmpl-filter-regexp' (look also at this variable).
2451 The command uses a history variable, which could be changed with the
2452 variable `tmpl-history-variable-name'.
2453
2454 The user of the command is able to change interactively to another
2455 directory by entering at first the string \"Change the directory\".
2456 This may be too difficult for the user. Therefore another command
2457 called `tmpl-insert-template-file' exist, which doesn't use fixed
2458 directories and filters." t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
2461 Inserts a template FILE and expand it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
2462 Look also at `tmpl-template-dir-list', to specify a default template directory.
2463 You should also take a look at `tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs'
2464 which has additional advantages (and disadvantages :-).
2465
2466 ATTENTION: The interface of this function has changed. The old
2467 function had the argument list (&optional TEMPLATE-DIR AUTOMATIC-EXPAND).
2468 The variables `tmpl-template-dir-list' and `tmpl-automatic-expand' must
2469 now be used instead of the args TEMPLATE-DIR and AUTOMATIC-EXPAND." t nil)
2470
2471 ;;;***
2472
2473 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
2474
2475 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
2476 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
2477 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
2478
2479 ;;;***
2480
2481 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
2482
2483 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
2484 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
2485
2486 If key is pressed within:
2487 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
2488 is found;
2489 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
2490 the desired node is found;
2491 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
2492 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
2493 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
2494 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
2495 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
2496 scrolled up one windowful.
2497
2498 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
2499 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
2500
2501 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
2502 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
2503
2504 If assist-key is pressed within:
2505 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
2506 is found;
2507 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
2508 the last node in the history list is found;
2509 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
2510 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
2511 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
2512 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
2513 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
2514 scrolled down one windowful.
2515
2516 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
2517 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
2518
2519 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
2520 Follows an Info cross-reference.
2521 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
2522 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
2523
2524 ;;;***
2525
2526 ;;;### (autoloads (hkey-help-show) "hmouse-drv" "hyperbole/hmouse-drv.el")
2527
2528 (autoload 'hkey-help-show "hmouse-drv" "\
2529 Saves prior frame configuration if BUFFER displays help. Displays BUFFER.
2530
2531 Optional second arg CURRENT-WINDOW non-nil forces display of buffer within
2532 the current window. By default, it is displayed in another window." nil nil)
2533
2534 ;;;***
2535
2536 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc smart-lisp-mode-p smart-java-at-tag-p smart-java smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
2537
2538 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
2539 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
2540
2541 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
2542 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
2543
2544 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
2545 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
2546 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
2547
2548 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
2549 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
2550
2551 If:
2552 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
2553 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
2554 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
2555 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
2556 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
2557 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
2558 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
2559 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
2560 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
2561
2562 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
2563 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'smart-java "hmouse-tag" "\
2566 Jumps to the definition of optional Java IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
2567 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Java tag.
2568
2569 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
2570 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
2571
2572 If:
2573 (1) within a commented @see cross-reference, the referent is displayed;
2574 (2) on a `package' or `import' statement, the referent is displayed;
2575 Look for referent files in the directory list `smart-java-package-dirs'.
2576 (3) on an Java identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
2577 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
2578 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories." t nil)
2579
2580 (autoload 'smart-java-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
2581 Return Java tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
2582
2583 (autoload 'smart-lisp-mode-p "hmouse-tag" "\
2584 Return t if in a mode which uses Lisp symbols." nil nil)
2585
2586 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
2587 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
2588 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
2589
2590 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
2591 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
2592
2593 If:
2594 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
2595 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
2596 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
2597 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
2598 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
2599 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
2600 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
2601 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
2602 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
2603
2604 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
2605 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
2606 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
2607 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
2608
2609 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
2610 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or `tags-file-name'.
2611 Optional NAME-OF-TAGS-FILE is the literal filename for which to look." nil nil)
2612
2613 ;;;***
2614
2615 ;;;### (autoloads (hyperbole) "hui-mini" "hyperbole/hui-mini.el")
2616
2617 (autoload 'hyperbole "hui-mini" "\
2618 Invokes default Hyperbole menu user interface when not already active.
2619 Suitable for binding to a key, e.g. {C-h h}.
2620 Non-interactively, returns t if menu is actually invoked by call, else nil.
2621
2622 Two optional arguments may be given to invoke alternative menus.
2623 MENU (a symbol) specifies the menu to invoke from MENU-LIST, (a
2624 Hyperbole menu list structure). MENU defaults to 'hyperbole and MENU-LIST
2625 to `hui:menus'. See `hui:menus' definition for the format of the menu list
2626 structure." t nil)
2627
2628 ;;;***
2629
2630 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
2631
2632 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
2633 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
2634 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
2635 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
2636
2637 ;;;***
2638
2639 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:display-file-with-logo hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
2640
2641 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
2642 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
2643
2644 (autoload 'hypb:display-file-with-logo "hypb" "\
2645 Display an optional text FILE with the InfoDock Associates logo prepended.
2646 Without file, logo is prepended to the current buffer." nil nil)
2647
2648 ;;;***
2649
2650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
2651
2652 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
2653 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
2654 Possible values are:
2655 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
2656 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
2657 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
2658
2659 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
2660 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
2661 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
2662 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
2663 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
2664 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
2665 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
2666
2667 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
2668 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
2669 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
2670 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
2671
2672 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
2673 asterisks;
2674 .kot
2675 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
2676
2677 all others - imported as text.")
2678
2679 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
2680 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
2681 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
2682 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
2683 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
2684 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
2685 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
2686
2687 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
2688 .kot
2689 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
2690 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
2691
2692 ;;;***
2693
2694 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
2695
2696 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
2697 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
2698 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
2699 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
2700
2701 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
2702 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
2703
2704 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
2705 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
2706
2707 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
2708 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
2709 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
2710
2711 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
2712 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
2713 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
2714
2715 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
2716 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
2717 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
2718 configuration is displayed.
2719
2720 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
2721 one comes the newest one." t nil)
2722
2723 ;;;***
2724
2725 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
2726
2727 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
2728 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
2729 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
2730 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
2731 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
2732 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
2733 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
2734 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
2735 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
2736 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
2737 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
2738
2739 ;;;***
2740
2741 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-toggle-datestamps rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
2742
2743 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
2744 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
2745 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
2746 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
2747 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
2748 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
2749
2750 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
2751 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
2752 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in `rolo-display-buffer'.
2753 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
2754
2755 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
2756 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
2757 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
2758 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in `rolo-file-list' in an
2759 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
2760 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
2761
2762 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
2763 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
2764 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
2765 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
2766 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
2767 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
2768 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
2769
2770 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
2771 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
2772 number of entries and omit file headers.
2773
2774 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
2775 rolo-file-list." t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
2778 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
2779 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
2780 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
2781 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
2782 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
2783 means retrieve entries but don't display.
2784
2785 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
2786 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
2787 number of entries and omit file headers.
2788
2789 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
2790 rolo-file-list." t nil)
2791
2792 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
2793 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
2794 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
2795 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
2796 which begins with the parent string.
2797 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
2798
2799 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
2800 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
2801 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more `*'characters.
2802 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
2803
2804 (autoload 'rolo-toggle-datestamps "wrolo" "\
2805 Toggle whether datestamps are updated when rolodex entries are modified.
2806 With optional ARG, turn them on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
2807
2808 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
2809 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
2810 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
2811 of a string." t nil)
2812
2813 ;;;***
2814
2815 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
2816
2817 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
2818 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
2819 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
2820 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
2821 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
2822 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
2823
2824 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
2825 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
2826
2827 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
2828 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
2829 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
2830 \"s gives German sharp s.
2831 /a gives a with ring.
2832 /e gives an a-e ligature.
2833 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
2834 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
2835 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
2836
2837 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
2838 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
2839
2840 ;;;***
2841
2842 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el")
2843
2844 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
2845 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2846 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2847
2848 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
2849 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2850
2851 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
2852 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2853 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2854
2855 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
2856 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2857
2858 ;;;***
2859
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el")
2861
2862 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
2863 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
2864 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
2865 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
2866 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
2867 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
2868 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
2869 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
2870
2871 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
2872 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
2873 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
2874 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
2875
2876 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
2877 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
2878 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
2879 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
2880 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
2881
2882 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
2883 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
2884 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
2885 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
2886
2887 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
2888 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
2889 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
2890 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
2891
2892 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
2893 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
2896 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
2897 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
2898 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
2899 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
2900
2901 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
2902 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
2903 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
2904 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
2905
2906 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
2907 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
2908 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
2909
2910 ;;;***
2911
2912 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el")
2913
2914 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
2915 Compose Thai characters in the region." t nil)
2916
2917 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
2918 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
2919
2920 ;;;***
2921
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-use-package) "quail" "leim/quail.el")
2923
2924 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
2925 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
2926 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
2927
2928 ;;;***
2929
2930 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
2931
2932 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
2935
2936 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
2937 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
2938
2939 ;;;***
2940
2941 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
2942
2943 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
2944
2945 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
2946 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
2947 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
2948
2949 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
2950 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
2951 both, may be nil.
2952
2953 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
2954 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
2955 request for the key." t nil)
2956
2957 ;;;***
2958
2959 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
2960
2961 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
2962 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
2963
2964 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
2965 more information." t nil)
2966
2967 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
2968 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
2969
2970 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
2971
2972 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
2973 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
2974
2975 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
2976 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
2977
2978 ;;;***
2979
2980 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
2981
2982 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
2983
2984 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
2985 *Encrypt the current buffer.
2986
2987 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
2988
2989 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
2990
2991 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
2992
2993 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
2994 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
2995 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
2996 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
2997
2998 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
2999 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
3000
3001 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
3002
3003 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
3004 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
3005 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
3006 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
3007
3008 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
3009 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
3010
3011 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
3012
3013 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
3014 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
3015 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
3016
3017 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
3018 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
3019
3020 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
3021 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
3022
3023 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
3024
3025 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
3026 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
3027 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
3028 is verified." nil nil)
3029
3030 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
3031 *Insert your public key at point.
3032 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
3033 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
3034
3035 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
3036 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
3037
3038 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
3039
3040 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
3041 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
3042
3043 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
3044 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
3045
3046 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
3047 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
3048
3049 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
3050 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
3051
3052 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
3053 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
3054
3055 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
3056 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
3057
3058 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
3059 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
3060
3061 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
3062 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
3063
3064 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
3065 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
3066
3067 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
3068
3069 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
3070
3071 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
3072
3073 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
3074 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
3075
3076 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
3077 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
3078
3079 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
3080
3081 ;;;***
3082
3083 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
3084
3085 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
3086 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
3087 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
3088 to the MH mail system.
3089
3090 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
3091
3092 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
3093 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
3094 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
3095 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
3096 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
3097 that want to create a mail buffer.
3098 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
3099
3100 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
3101 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
3102 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
3103 to the MH mail system.
3104
3105 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
3106
3107 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
3108 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
3109 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
3110 using the MH mail handling system.
3111 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
3112 messages.
3113
3114 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
3115
3116 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
3117
3118 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
3119 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
3120 the yanked message.
3121
3122 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
3123 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
3124 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
3125 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
3126 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
3127
3128 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
3129 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
3130 inserted in a draft letter.
3131
3132 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
3133 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
3134
3135 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
3136 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
3137
3138 ;;;***
3139
3140 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
3141
3142 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
3143 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
3144 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
3145 to the MH mail system." t nil)
3146
3147 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
3148 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
3149
3150 ;;;***
3151
3152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
3153
3154 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
3155 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
3156
3157 ;;;***
3158
3159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
3160
3161 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
3162
3163 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
3164
3165 ;;;***
3166
3167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
3168
3169 ;;;***
3170
3171 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
3172
3173 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
3174 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
3175
3176 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
3177
3178 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
3179 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
3180
3181 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
3182 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
3183 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
3184
3185 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
3186 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
3187
3188 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
3189
3190 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
3191 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
3192 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
3193
3194 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
3195 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
3196
3197 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
3198 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
3199
3200 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
3201 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
3202 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
3203 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
3204 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
3205
3206 If you use imenu.el:
3207 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
3208
3209 If you use find-file.el:
3210 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
3211 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
3212 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
3213 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
3214 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
3215 with body stubs.
3216
3217 If you use ada-xref.el:
3218 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
3219 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
3220 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
3221 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
3222
3223 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
3224 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
3225
3226 ;;;***
3227
3228 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
3229
3230 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
3231 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
3232 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
3233 Letters no longer insert themselves.
3234 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
3235 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
3236
3237 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
3238 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
3239 archive.
3240
3241 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
3242
3243 ;;;***
3244
3245 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
3246
3247 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
3248 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
3249 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
3250
3251 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
3252 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
3253 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
3254 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
3255
3256 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
3257 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
3258
3259 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
3260 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
3261
3262 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
3263
3264 Special commands:
3265 \\{asm-mode-map}
3266 " t nil)
3267
3268 ;;;***
3269
3270 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf-mode" "modes/autoconf-mode.el")
3271
3272 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf-mode" "\
3273 A major-mode to edit autoconf input files like configure.in
3274 \\{autoconf-mode-map}
3275 " t nil)
3276
3277 ;;;***
3278
3279 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
3280
3281 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
3282 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3283 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
3284 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
3285 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
3286
3287 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
3288 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3289
3290 ;;;***
3291
3292 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
3293
3294 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
3295 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
3296
3297 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
3298
3299 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
3300
3301 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
3302 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
3303 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
3304 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
3305 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
3306 field with the default \"\".
3307
3308 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
3309 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
3310 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
3311 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
3312
3313 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
3314 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
3315
3316 The following may be of interest as well:
3317
3318 Functions:
3319 find-bibtex-duplicates
3320 find-bibtex-entry-location
3321 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
3322 sort-bibtex-entries
3323 validate-bibtex-buffer
3324
3325 Variables:
3326 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
3327 bibtex-entry-field-alist
3328 bibtex-include-OPTannote
3329 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
3330 bibtex-include-OPTkey
3331 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
3332 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
3333
3334 Fields:
3335 address
3336 Publisher's address
3337 annote
3338 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
3339 author
3340 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
3341 booktitle
3342 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
3343 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
3344 chapter
3345 Chapter number
3346 crossref
3347 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
3348 edition
3349 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
3350 editor
3351 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
3352 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
3353 for the book or collection that the work appears in
3354 howpublished
3355 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
3356 institution
3357 Sponsoring institution
3358 journal
3359 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
3360 key
3361 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
3362 month
3363 Month (macros are provided)
3364 note
3365 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
3366 number
3367 Number of a journal or technical report
3368 organization
3369 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
3370 pages
3371 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
3372 publisher
3373 Publisher name
3374 school
3375 School name (for theses)
3376 series
3377 The name of a series or set of books.
3378 An individual book will also have its own title
3379 title
3380 The title of the thing being referenced
3381 type
3382 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
3383 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
3384 volume
3385 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
3386 year
3387 Year---should contain only numerals
3388 ---------------------------------------------------------
3389 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
3390 non-nil." t nil)
3391
3392 ;;;***
3393
3394 ;;;### (autoloads (c-add-style c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
3395
3396 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3397 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3398 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3399 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3400 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3401 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
3402
3403 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3404
3405 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
3406 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
3407 run first.
3408
3409 Key bindings:
3410 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
3411
3412 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3413 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3414 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3415 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3416 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3417 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3418 message.
3419
3420 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3421
3422 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3423 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3424 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3425
3426 Key bindings:
3427 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
3428
3429 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3430 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3431 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3432 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3433 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3434 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3435 message.
3436
3437 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3438
3439 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3440 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
3441 is run first.
3442
3443 Key bindings:
3444 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
3445
3446 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3447 Major mode for editing Java code.
3448 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3449 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3450 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3451 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
3452 message.
3453
3454 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3455
3456 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3457 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3458 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
3459 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
3460 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
3461
3462 Key bindings:
3463 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
3464
3465 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
3466 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3467 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3468 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3469 for details of setting up styles.
3470
3471 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3472 style name." t nil)
3473
3474 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-mode" "\
3475 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3476 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
3477 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3478
3479 ((VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3480
3481 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of VARIABLE and
3482 VALUE. This function also sets the current style to STYLE using
3483 `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
3484
3485 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
3486
3487 ;;;***
3488
3489 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
3490
3491 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3492
3493 ;;;***
3494
3495 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
3496
3497 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3498 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3499 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3500 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3501
3502 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3503 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3504 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3505
3506 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3507 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3508
3509 ;;;***
3510
3511 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
3512
3513 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
3514 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
3515
3516 ;;;***
3517
3518 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
3519
3520 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
3521 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
3522 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
3523 text/enriched format.
3524 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
3525
3526 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
3527 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
3528
3529 Commands:
3530
3531 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
3532
3533 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
3534
3535 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
3536
3537 ;;;***
3538
3539 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
3540
3541 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
3542 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
3543 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
3544 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
3545 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
3546 executable." t nil)
3547
3548 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
3549 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
3550 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
3551
3552 ;;;***
3553
3554 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
3555
3556 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
3557 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
3558
3559 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
3560 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
3561 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
3562
3563 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
3564
3565 Key definitions:
3566 \\{f90-mode-map}
3567
3568 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3569
3570 f90-do-indent
3571 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
3572 f90-if-indent
3573 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
3574 f90-type-indent
3575 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
3576 f90-program-indent
3577 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
3578 (default 2)
3579 f90-continuation-indent
3580 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
3581 f90-comment-region
3582 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
3583 region. (default \"!!!$\")
3584 f90-indented-comment-re
3585 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
3586 (default \"!\")
3587 f90-directive-comment-re
3588 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
3589 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
3590 f90-break-delimiters
3591 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
3592 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
3593 f90-break-before-delimiters
3594 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
3595 (default t)
3596 f90-beginning-ampersand
3597 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
3598 f90-smart-end
3599 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
3600 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
3601 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
3602 f90-auto-keyword-case
3603 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
3604 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
3605 f90-leave-line-no
3606 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
3607 f90-startup-message
3608 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
3609 f90-keywords-re
3610 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
3611
3612 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
3613 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3614
3615 ;;;***
3616
3617 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
3618
3619 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
3620
3621 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
3622 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
3623
3624 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
3625 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
3626
3627 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
3628 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
3629
3630 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
3631 of two major techniques:
3632
3633 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
3634 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
3635 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
3636
3637 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
3638 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
3639 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
3640 movement commands.
3641
3642 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
3643 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
3644 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
3645 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
3646 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
3647 mileage may vary).
3648
3649 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
3650 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
3651
3652 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
3653
3654 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
3655 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
3656 \(This is the default.)
3657
3658 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
3659 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
3660
3661 Keys specific to Follow mode:
3662 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
3663
3664 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
3665 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
3666
3667 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
3668 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
3669 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
3670 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
3671 two windows always will display two successive pages.
3672 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
3673
3674 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
3675 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
3676 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
3677
3678 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
3679 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
3680 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
3681
3682 ;;;***
3683
3684 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
3685
3686 (defcustom fortran-tab-mode-default nil "*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.\nA value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.\nA value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked\nwith a character in column 6." :type 'boolean :group 'fortran-indent)
3687
3688 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
3689 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
3690 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
3691 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
3692
3693 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
3694
3695 Key definitions:
3696 \\{fortran-mode-map}
3697
3698 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3699
3700 comment-start
3701 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
3702 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
3703 fortran-do-indent
3704 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
3705 fortran-if-indent
3706 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
3707 fortran-structure-indent
3708 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
3709 (default 3)
3710 fortran-continuation-indent
3711 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
3712 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
3713 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
3714 fortran-comment-indent-style
3715 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
3716 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
3717 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
3718 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
3719 (for TAB format continuation style).
3720 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
3721 indentation for a line of code.
3722 (default 'fixed)
3723 fortran-comment-indent-char
3724 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
3725 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
3726 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
3727 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
3728 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
3729 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
3730 fortran-line-number-indent
3731 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
3732 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
3733 column 5. (default 1)
3734 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
3735 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
3736 statements. (default nil)
3737 fortran-blink-matching-if
3738 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
3739 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
3740 statement. (default nil)
3741 fortran-continuation-string
3742 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
3743 line. (default \"$\")
3744 fortran-comment-region
3745 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
3746 region. (default \"c$$$\")
3747 fortran-electric-line-number
3748 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
3749 as typed. (default t)
3750 fortran-break-before-delimiters
3751 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
3752 (default t)
3753 fortran-startup-message
3754 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
3755
3756 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
3757 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3758
3759 ;;;***
3760
3761 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
3762
3763 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
3764
3765 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
3766 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
3767 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
3768 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
3769 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
3770 how the hiding is done:
3771
3772 hide-ifdef-env
3773 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
3774 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
3775 is used.
3776
3777 hide-ifdef-define-alist
3778 An association list of defined symbol lists.
3779 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
3780 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
3781 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
3782
3783 hide-ifdef-lines
3784 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
3785 #endif lines when hiding.
3786
3787 hide-ifdef-initially
3788 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
3789 is activated.
3790
3791 hide-ifdef-read-only
3792 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
3793 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
3794
3795 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
3796
3797 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
3798 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
3799
3800 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
3801 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
3802
3803 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
3804 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
3805
3806 ;;;***
3807
3808 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
3809
3810 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
3811 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
3812 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
3813
3814 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
3815 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
3816 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
3817 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
3818
3819 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
3820 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
3821 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
3822 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
3823 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
3824
3825 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
3826 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
3827 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
3828 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
3829 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
3830 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
3831 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
3832
3833 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
3834 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
3835
3836 ;;;***
3837
3838 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
3839
3840 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
3841 Major mode for editing Icon code.
3842 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
3843 Tab indents for Icon code.
3844 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3845 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3846 \\{icon-mode-map}
3847 Variables controlling indentation style:
3848 icon-tab-always-indent
3849 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
3850 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3851 icon-auto-newline
3852 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
3853 inserted in Icon code.
3854 icon-indent-level
3855 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
3856 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3857 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3858 icon-continued-statement-offset
3859 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3860 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
3861 icon-continued-brace-offset
3862 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3863 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
3864 icon-brace-offset
3865 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3866 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
3867 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
3868 this far to the right of the start of its line.
3869
3870 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
3871 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3872
3873 ;;;***
3874
3875 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
3876
3877 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
3878 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
3879
3880 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
3881 to create a buffer index.
3882
3883 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
3884 REGEXP INDEX).
3885
3886 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
3887 entries are not nested.
3888
3889 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
3890 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
3891 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
3892 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
3893
3894 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
3895 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
3896
3897 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
3898
3899 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
3900 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
3901 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
3902
3903 The variable is buffer-local.")
3904
3905 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
3906
3907 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
3908 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
3909 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
3910 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
3911
3912 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
3913 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
3914 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
3915
3916 ;;;***
3917
3918 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
3919
3920 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
3921 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.33 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
3922 shell scripts.
3923 Special key bindings and commands:
3924 \\{ksh-mode-map}
3925 Variables controlling indentation style:
3926 ksh-indent
3927 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
3928 Default value is 2.
3929 ksh-case-indent
3930 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
3931 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
3932 past the \")\" of the pattern.
3933 ksh-case-item-offset
3934 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
3935 Default value is 2.
3936 ksh-group-offset
3937 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
3938 Default value is -2.
3939 ksh-brace-offset
3940 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
3941 Default value is 0.
3942 ksh-multiline-offset
3943 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
3944 \\ to make it continue on next line.
3945 ksh-tab-always-indent
3946 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
3947 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
3948 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
3949 insert a tab.
3950 ksh-match-and-tell
3951 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
3952 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
3953
3954 ksh-align-to-keyword
3955 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
3956 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
3957 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
3958 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
3959 The default value is non-nil.
3960
3961 ksh-comment-regexp
3962 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
3963 ksh-like languages. Default value is \"\\s *#\".
3964
3965 Style Guide.
3966 By setting
3967 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
3968 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
3969
3970 The following style is obtained:
3971
3972 if [ -z $foo ]
3973 then
3974 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
3975 foo
3976 fi
3977
3978 By setting
3979 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
3980 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
3981
3982 The following style is obtained:
3983
3984 if [ -z $foo ]
3985 then
3986 bar
3987 foo
3988 fi
3989
3990 By setting
3991 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
3992 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
3993
3994 The following style is obtained:
3995
3996 case x in *
3997 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
3998 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
3999 foobar) foo
4000 bar;;
4001 esac
4002
4003 By setting
4004 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
4005 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
4006
4007 The following style is obtained:
4008
4009 case x in *
4010 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
4011 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
4012 foobar) foo
4013 bar;;
4014 esac
4015
4016
4017 Installation:
4018
4019 (setq ksh-mode-hook
4020 (function (lambda ()
4021 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
4022 (setq ksh-indent 8)
4023 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
4024 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
4025 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
4026 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
4027 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
4028 )))" t nil)
4029
4030 ;;;***
4031
4032 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
4033
4034 (defcustom mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) file) :group 'mail-abbrevs)
4035
4036 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
4037 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
4038 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
4039 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
4040 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
4041
4042 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
4043
4044 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
4045 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
4046
4047 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
4048 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
4049 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
4050
4051 ;;;***
4052
4053 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
4054
4055 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
4056 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
4057 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
4058
4059 \\{makefile-mode-map}
4060
4061 In the browser, use the following keys:
4062
4063 \\{makefile-browser-map}
4064
4065 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
4066
4067 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
4068 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
4069
4070 makefile-target-colon:
4071 The string that gets appended to all target names
4072 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
4073 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
4074
4075 makefile-macro-assign:
4076 The string that gets appended to all macro names
4077 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
4078 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
4079 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
4080 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
4081 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
4082
4083 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
4084 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
4085 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
4086
4087 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
4088 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
4089
4090 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
4091 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
4092 up or down in the browser.
4093
4094 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
4095 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
4096
4097 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
4098 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
4099
4100 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
4101 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
4102 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
4103 has been selected in the browser.
4104
4105 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
4106 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
4107 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
4108 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
4109 filenames are omitted.
4110
4111 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
4112 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
4113 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
4114 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
4115 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
4116 the backslash itself intact.
4117 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
4118 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
4119
4120 makefile-browser-hook:
4121 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
4122 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
4123
4124 makefile-special-targets-list:
4125 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
4126 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
4127 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
4128
4129 ;;;***
4130
4131 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
4132
4133 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
4134 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
4135 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
4136 followed by the first character of the construct.
4137 \\<m2-mode-map>
4138 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
4139 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
4140 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
4141 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
4142 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
4143 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
4144 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
4145 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
4146 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
4147 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
4148 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
4149 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
4150 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
4151 \\[m2-link] link
4152
4153 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
4154 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
4155 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
4160
4161 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
4162 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
4163 \\{nroff-mode-map}
4164 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
4165 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
4166 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
4167
4168 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
4169 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
4170 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
4171 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
4172 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
4173 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
4174
4175 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
4176 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
4177
4178 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
4179
4180 ;;;***
4181
4182 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
4183
4184 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
4185 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
4186
4187 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
4188 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
4189
4190 ;;;***
4191
4192 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
4193
4194 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
4195 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
4196
4197 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
4198
4199 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
4200
4201 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
4202
4203 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
4204 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
4205 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
4206 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
4207
4208 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
4209 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
4210 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
4211 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
4212
4213 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
4214 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
4215 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
4216 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
4217 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
4218 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
4219
4220 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
4221 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
4222
4223 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
4224 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
4225 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
4226 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
4227 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
4228 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
4229 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
4230 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
4231 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
4232 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
4233 The subheadings remain visible.
4234 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
4235
4236 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
4237 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
4238 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
4239
4240 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
4241 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
4242
4243 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
4244 Toggle Outline minor mode.
4245 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
4246 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
4247
4248 ;;;***
4249
4250 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
4251
4252 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
4253 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
4254 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4255
4256 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
4257 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
4258
4259 Other useful functions are:
4260
4261 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
4262 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
4263 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
4264 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
4265 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
4266 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
4267 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
4268 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
4269 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
4270
4271 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
4272
4273 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
4274 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
4275 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
4276 Indentation for case statements.
4277 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
4278 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark
4279 after an end.
4280 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
4281 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
4282 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4283 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
4284 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
4285 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
4286 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
4287 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
4288
4289 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
4290 pascal-separator-keywords.
4291
4292 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
4293 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4294
4295 ;;;***
4296
4297 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
4298
4299 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
4300 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4301 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
4302 Tab indents for Perl code.
4303 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
4304 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4305 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4306 \\{perl-mode-map}
4307 Variables controlling indentation style:
4308 perl-tab-always-indent
4309 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
4310 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4311 perl-tab-to-comment
4312 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
4313 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
4314 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
4315 perl-nochange
4316 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
4317 perl-indent-level
4318 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4319 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4320 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4321 perl-continued-statement-offset
4322 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4323 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
4324 perl-continued-brace-offset
4325 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4326 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
4327 perl-brace-offset
4328 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4329 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
4330 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
4331 this far to the right of the start of its line.
4332 perl-label-offset
4333 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4334
4335 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
4336 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
4337 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
4338 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
4339 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
4340 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
4341 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
4342
4343 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
4344
4345 ;;;***
4346
4347 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
4348
4349 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
4350 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
4351 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
4352 afterwards settable by these commands:
4353 C-c < Move left after insertion.
4354 C-c > Move right after insertion.
4355 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
4356 C-c . Move down after insertion.
4357 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
4358 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
4359 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
4360 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
4361 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
4362 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
4363 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
4364 with these commands:
4365 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
4366 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
4367 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
4368 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
4369 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
4370 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
4371 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
4372 Return Move to beginning of next line.
4373 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
4374 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
4375 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
4376 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
4377 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
4378 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
4379 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
4380 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
4381 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
4382 You can manipulate text with these commands:
4383 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
4384 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
4385 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
4386 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
4387 text is saved in the kill ring.
4388 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
4389 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
4390 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
4391 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
4392 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
4393 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
4394 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
4395 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
4396 commands if invoked soon enough.
4397 You can return to the previous mode with:
4398 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
4399 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
4400
4401 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
4402
4403 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
4404 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
4405
4406 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
4407
4408 ;;;***
4409
4410 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
4411
4412 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
4413 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
4414
4415 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
4416 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
4417 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
4418 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
4419
4420 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
4421 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
4422 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
4423 arrays and begin/end pairs.
4424
4425 \\{ps-mode-map}
4426
4427 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
4428 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4429
4430 ;;;***
4431
4432 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
4433
4434 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
4435 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
4436 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
4437 Commands:
4438 \\{prolog-mode-map}
4439 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
4440 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4441
4442 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
4443 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
4444
4445 The following commands are available:
4446 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
4447
4448 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
4449 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
4450 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
4451
4452 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
4453 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
4454
4455 Commands:
4456 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
4457 of expression rigidly with the current line.
4458 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
4459 '%'s start comments.
4460
4461 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
4462 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
4463 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
4464 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
4465 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
4466
4467 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
4468 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
4469
4470 ;;;***
4471
4472 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
4473
4474 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
4475
4476 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
4477 Major mode for editing Python files.
4478 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
4479 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
4480 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
4481 enter `\\[py-version]'.
4482
4483 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
4484 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4485
4486 COMMANDS
4487 \\{py-mode-map}
4488 VARIABLES
4489
4490 py-indent-offset indentation increment
4491 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
4492 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
4493 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
4494 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
4495 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
4496
4497 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
4498 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
4499 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
4500 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
4501 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
4502 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
4503
4504 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
4505 behavior in the process window.
4506
4507 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
4508 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
4509 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
4510 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
4511 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
4512 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
4513 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
4514 mode.
4515
4516 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
4517 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
4518 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
4519 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
4520 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
4521 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
4522 filter." t nil)
4523
4524 ;;;***
4525
4526 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-add-to-label-alist reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "modes/reftex.el")
4527
4528 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
4529 Turn on RefTeX minor mode." nil nil)
4530
4531 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
4532 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
4533
4534 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
4535 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
4536 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
4537 \\ref macro.
4538
4539 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
4540 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
4541 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
4542
4543 A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
4544 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
4545
4546 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
4547 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
4548
4549 \\{reftex-mode-map}
4550 Under X, these functions will be available also in a menu on the menu bar.
4551
4552 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
4553
4554 (autoload 'reftex-add-to-label-alist "reftex" "\
4555 Add label environment descriptions to reftex-label-alist-external-add-ons.
4556 The format of ENTRY-LIST is exactly like reftex-label-alist. See there
4557 for details.
4558 This function makes it possible to support RefTeX from AUCTeX style files.
4559 The entries in ENTRY-LIST will be processed after the user settings in
4560 reftex-label-alist, and before the defaults (specified in
4561 reftex-default-label-alist-entries). Any changes made to
4562 reftex-label-alist-external-add-ons will raise a flag to the effect that a
4563 mode reset is done on the next occasion." nil nil)
4564
4565 ;;;***
4566
4567 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
4568
4569 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
4570 Major mode for editing REXX code.
4571 \\{rexx-mode-map}
4572
4573 Variables controlling indentation style:
4574 rexx-indent
4575 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
4576 rexx-end-indent
4577 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
4578 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
4579 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
4580 rexx-cont-indent
4581 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
4582 (continued) lines.
4583 rexx-tab-always-indent
4584 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
4585 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
4586 command is used.
4587
4588 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
4589 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
4590 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
4591
4592 An extensive abbreviation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
4593 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
4594 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
4595 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
4596
4597 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
4598 no args, if that value is non-nil.
4599
4600 For example:
4601 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
4602 (setq rexx-indent 4)
4603 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
4604 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
4605 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
4606 (abbrev-mode 1)
4607 ))
4608
4609 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
4610 IF-statements four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
4611 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finally it will use the abbrev
4612 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
4613
4614 ;;;***
4615
4616 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
4617
4618 (defgroup resize-minibuffer nil "Dynamically resize minibuffer to display entire contents" :group 'frames)
4619
4620 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in\nwhich the active minibuffer window resides." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'resize-minibuffer)
4621
4622 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
4623
4624 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame nil "*If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
4625
4626 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
4627
4628 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
4629
4630 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
4631 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
4632 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
4633 argument of 0 enables it.
4634
4635 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
4636 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
4637
4638 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
4639 whether this mode is active or not.
4640
4641 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
4642 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
4643
4644 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
4645 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
4646 display its contents.
4647
4648 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
4649 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
4650 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
4651 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
4652 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
4653 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
4654 counterparts." t nil)
4655
4656 ;;;***
4657
4658 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
4659
4660 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
4661 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
4662 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
4663
4664 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
4665 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
4666 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
4667 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
4668 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
4669 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
4670
4671 Commands:
4672 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4673 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
4674 \\{scheme-mode-map}
4675 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
4676 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4677
4678 ;;;***
4679
4680 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
4681
4682 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
4683 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
4684 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
4685 \\{scribe-mode-map}
4686
4687 Interesting variables:
4688
4689 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
4690 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
4691
4692 scribe-electric-quote
4693 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
4694
4695 scribe-electric-parenthesis
4696 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
4697 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
4698
4699 ;;;***
4700
4701 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode user-mail-address) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
4702
4703 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
4704 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
4705
4706 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
4707 king@grassland.com
4708 If `parens', they look like:
4709 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
4710 If `angles', they look like:
4711 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
4712
4713 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
4714 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
4715 This is done when the message is initialized,
4716 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
4717
4718 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
4719 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
4720 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
4721
4722 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
4723 *Default directory for saving messages.")
4724
4725 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
4726 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
4727
4728 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
4729 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
4730
4731 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
4732 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
4733 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
4734 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
4735
4736 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
4737 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
4738
4739 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
4740 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
4741 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
4742
4743 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
4744 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
4745 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
4746 when you first send mail.")
4747
4748 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
4749 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
4750 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
4751 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
4752 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
4753
4754 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
4755 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
4756 nil means use indentation.")
4757
4758 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
4759 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
4760 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
4761
4762 (autoload 'user-mail-address "sendmail" "\
4763 Query the user for his mail address, unless it is already known." t nil)
4764
4765 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
4766 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
4767 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
4768 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
4769 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
4770 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
4771 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
4772 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
4773 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
4774 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
4775 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
4776 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
4777 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
4778
4779 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
4780 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
4781 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
4782 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
4783
4784 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
4785 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
4786
4787 \\<mail-mode-map>
4788 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
4789
4790 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
4791 to move to message header fields:
4792 \\{mail-mode-map}
4793
4794 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
4795 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
4796
4797 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
4798 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
4799
4800 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
4801 when the message is initialized.
4802
4803 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
4804 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
4805
4806 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
4807 is inserted.
4808
4809 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
4810 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
4811
4812 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
4813 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
4814
4815 The second through fifth arguments,
4816 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
4817 the initial contents of those header fields.
4818 These arguments should not have final newlines.
4819 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
4820 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
4821 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
4822 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
4823 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
4824 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
4825
4826 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
4827 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
4828
4829 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
4830 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
4831
4832 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
4833
4834 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
4835
4836 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
4837
4838 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
4839
4840 ;;;***
4841
4842 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
4843
4844 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
4845
4846 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
4847 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
4848 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
4849 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
4850 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
4851 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
4852
4853 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
4854 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
4855 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
4856 shell-specific features.
4857
4858 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
4859 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
4860 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
4861
4862 \\[sh-case] case statement
4863 \\[sh-for] for loop
4864 \\[sh-function] function definition
4865 \\[sh-if] if statement
4866 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
4867 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
4868 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
4869 \\[sh-select] select loop
4870 \\[sh-until] until loop
4871 \\[sh-while] while loop
4872
4873 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
4874 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
4875 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
4876 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
4877 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
4878 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
4879
4880 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
4881 {, (, [, ', \", `
4882 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
4883
4884 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
4885 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
4886 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
4887
4888 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
4889 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
4890
4891 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
4892
4893 ;;;***
4894
4895 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "modes/strokes.el")
4896
4897 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
4898 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
4899
4900 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
4901 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
4902 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
4903 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
4904 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
4905 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
4906
4907 (defalias 'global-set-stroke 'strokes-global-set-stroke)
4908
4909 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
4910 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
4911 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
4912 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
4913 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
4914 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
4915 Optional EVENT is currently not used, but hopefully will be soon." nil nil)
4916
4917 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
4918 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
4919 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
4920 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
4921 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
4922 then complete the stroke with button3.
4923 Optional EVENT is currently not used, but hopefully will be soon." nil nil)
4924
4925 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
4926 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
4927 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
4928
4929 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
4930 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
4931 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
4932
4933 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
4934 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
4935
4936 (defalias 'describe-stroke 'strokes-describe-stroke)
4937
4938 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
4939 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
4940
4941 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
4942 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
4943
4944 (defalias 'load-user-strokes 'strokes-load-user-strokes)
4945
4946 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
4947 Pop up a buffer containing a listing of all strokes defined in STROKE-MAP.
4948 If STROKE-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
4949
4950 (defalias 'list-strokes 'strokes-list-strokes)
4951
4952 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
4953 Toggle strokes being enabled.
4954 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
4955 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
4956 mode in all buffers when activated.
4957 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
4958 new strokes with
4959
4960 > M-x global-set-stroke" t nil)
4961
4962 ;;;***
4963
4964 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
4965
4966 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
4967 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
4968 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
4969 Tab indents for Tcl code.
4970 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4971 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4972
4973 Variables controlling indentation style:
4974 tcl-indent-level
4975 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
4976 tcl-continued-indent-level
4977 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
4978
4979 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
4980 documentation for details):
4981 tcl-tab-always-indent
4982 Controls action of TAB key.
4983 tcl-auto-newline
4984 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
4985 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
4986 tcl-electric-hash-style
4987 Controls action of `#' key.
4988 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
4989 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
4990 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
4991 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
4992 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
4993 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
4994
4995 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
4996 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
4997 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
4998 already exist.
4999
5000 Commands:
5001 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
5002
5003 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
5004 Run inferior Tcl process.
5005 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
5006 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
5007
5008 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
5009 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
5010 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
5011
5012 ;;;***
5013
5014 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
5015
5016 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
5017 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
5018 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
5019 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
5020 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
5021 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
5022 is used." t nil)
5023
5024 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
5025
5026 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
5027
5028 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
5029 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
5030 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
5031 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
5032 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
5033
5034 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
5035 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
5036 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
5037 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
5038 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
5039 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
5040 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
5041
5042 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
5043 mismatched $'s or braces.
5044
5045 Special commands:
5046 \\{tex-mode-map}
5047
5048 Mode variables:
5049 tex-run-command
5050 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
5051 tex-directory
5052 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
5053 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
5054 tex-dvi-print-command
5055 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
5056 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
5057 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
5058 argument) to print a .dvi file.
5059 tex-dvi-view-command
5060 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
5061 tex-show-queue-command
5062 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
5063 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
5064
5065 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
5066 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
5067 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
5068
5069 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
5070
5071 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
5072 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
5073 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
5074 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
5075 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
5076
5077 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
5078 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
5079 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
5080 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
5081 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
5082 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
5083 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
5084
5085 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
5086 mismatched $'s or braces.
5087
5088 Special commands:
5089 \\{tex-mode-map}
5090
5091 Mode variables:
5092 latex-run-command
5093 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
5094 tex-directory
5095 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
5096 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
5097 tex-dvi-print-command
5098 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
5099 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
5100 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
5101 argument) to print a .dvi file.
5102 tex-dvi-view-command
5103 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
5104 tex-show-queue-command
5105 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
5106 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
5107
5108 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
5109 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
5110 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
5111
5112 ;;;***
5113
5114 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
5115
5116 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
5117 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
5118
5119 It has these extra commands:
5120 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
5121
5122 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
5123 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
5124 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
5125 modified version of TeX input format.
5126
5127 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
5128 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
5129 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
5130 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
5131
5132 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
5133 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
5134 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
5135 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
5136 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
5137 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
5138 in the Texinfo file.
5139
5140 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
5141 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
5142 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
5143 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
5144 move forward past the closing brace.
5145
5146 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
5147 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
5148
5149 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
5150 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
5151 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
5152
5153 Here are the functions:
5154
5155 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
5156 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
5157 texinfo-sequential-node-update
5158
5159 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
5160 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
5161 texinfo-master-menu
5162
5163 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
5164
5165 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
5166 which menu descriptions are indented.
5167
5168 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
5169 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
5170 in the region.
5171
5172 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
5173 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
5174 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
5175 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
5176
5177 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
5178 be the first node in the file.
5179
5180 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
5181 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
5182
5183 ;;;***
5184
5185 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "modes/verilog-mode.el")
5186
5187 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
5188 Major mode for editing Verilog code. \\<verilog-mode-map>
5189 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
5190 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5191 Supports highlighting.
5192
5193 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
5194
5195 verilog-indent-level (default 3)
5196 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
5197 verilog-indent-level-module (default 3)
5198 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
5199 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
5200 on the left side of your screen.
5201 verilog-indent-level-declaration (default 3)
5202 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
5203 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
5204 verilog-indent-level-behavorial (default 3)
5205 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
5206 Set to 0 to get such code to linedup underneath the task or function keyword
5207 verilog-cexp-indent (default 1)
5208 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines.
5209 verilog-case-indent (default 2)
5210 Indentation for case statements.
5211 verilog-auto-newline (default nil)
5212 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctation
5213 mark after an end.
5214 verilog-auto-indent-on-newline (default t)
5215 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
5216 verilog-tab-always-indent (default t)
5217 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
5218 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5219 verilog-indent-begin-after-if (default t)
5220 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
5221 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
5222 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
5223 if (a)
5224 begin
5225 otherwise you get:
5226 if (a)
5227 begin
5228 verilog-auto-endcomments (default t)
5229 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
5230 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
5231 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
5232 verilog-minimum-comment-distance (default 40)
5233 Minimum distance between begin and end required before a comment
5234 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
5235 end aquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundanet
5236 comments in tight quarters.
5237 verilog-auto-lineup (default `(all))
5238 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
5239
5240 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable verilog-mode-hook with
5241 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5242 Other useful functions are:
5243 \\[verilog-complete-word] -complete word with appropriate possibilities
5244 (functions, verilog keywords...)
5245 \\[verilog-comment-region] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing
5246 nested comments.
5247 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
5248 \\[verilog-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
5249 \\[verilog-star-comment] - insert /* ... */
5250 \\[verilog-mark-defun] - Mark function.
5251 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
5252 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
5253 \\[verilog-label-be] - Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join
5254 and case ... endcase statements;
5255 " t nil)
5256
5257 ;;;***
5258
5259 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
5260
5261 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
5262 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
5263 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.33 $
5264 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
5265 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
5266 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
5267 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
5268
5269 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
5270 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
5271 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
5272
5273 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
5274 bound and has a non-nil value.
5275
5276 Key bindings:
5277 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
5278
5279 ;;;***
5280
5281 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
5282
5283 (defvar view-minor-mode-map (let ((map (make-keymap))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-minor-mode-map) (suppress-keymap map) (define-key map "-" 'negative-argument) (define-key map " " 'scroll-up) (define-key map "f" 'scroll-up) (define-key map "b" 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'backspace 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'delete 'scroll-down) (define-key map "
5284 " 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "\n" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "e" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "j" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "y" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "k" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "d" 'view-scroll-some-lines-up) (define-key map "u" 'view-scroll-some-lines-down) (define-key map "r" 'recenter) (define-key map "t" 'toggle-truncate-lines) (define-key map "N" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "E" 'view-file) (define-key map "P" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "!" 'shell-command) (define-key map "|" 'shell-command-on-region) (define-key map "=" 'what-line) (define-key map "?" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "h" 'view-mode-describe) (define-key map "s" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "n" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "/" 'view-search-forward) (define-key map "\\" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "g" 'view-goto-line) (define-key map "G" 'view-last-windowful) (define-key map "%" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "p" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "m" 'point-to-register) (define-key map "'" 'register-to-point) (define-key map "C" 'view-cleanup-backspaces) (define-key map "" 'view-quit) (define-key map "" 'view-quit-toggle-ro) (define-key map "q" 'view-quit) map))
5285
5286 (defvar view-mode-map (let ((map (copy-keymap view-minor-mode-map))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-mode-map) map))
5287
5288 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
5289 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
5290
5291 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
5292 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
5293
5294 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
5295 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
5298 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
5299
5300 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
5301 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
5302 Commands are:
5303 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
5304 0..9 prefix args
5305 - prefix minus
5306 \\[scroll-up] page forward
5307 \\[scroll-down] page back
5308 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
5309 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
5310 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
5311 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
5312 \\[what-line] print line number
5313 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
5314 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
5315 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
5316 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
5317 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
5318 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
5319 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
5320 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
5321 \\[view-file] view another file
5322 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
5323 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
5324 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
5325 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
5326 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
5327
5328 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
5329 backspace constructions.
5330
5331 More precisely:
5332 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
5333
5334 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
5335 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
5336 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
5337 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
5338
5339 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
5340 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
5341 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
5342 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
5343
5344 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
5345 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
5346 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
5347
5348 ;;;***
5349
5350 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
5351
5352 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
5353 Major mode for editing VRML code.
5354 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
5355 Tab indents for VRML code.
5356 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5357 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5358
5359 Variables controlling indentation style:
5360 vrml-indent-level
5361 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
5362
5363 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
5364 documentation for details):
5365 vrml-tab-always-indent
5366 Controls action of TAB key.
5367 vrml-auto-newline
5368 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
5369 inserted in VRML code.
5370
5371 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
5372 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
5373 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
5374 already exist.
5375
5376 Commands:
5377 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
5378
5379 ;;;***
5380
5381 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
5382
5383 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
5384 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
5385
5386 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
5387 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
5388 value.
5389
5390 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
5391 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
5392
5393 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
5394 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
5395 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
5396 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
5397 XPM minor mode bindings:
5398 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
5399
5400 ;;;***
5401
5402 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
5403
5404 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
5405 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
5406
5407 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
5408 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
5409 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
5410 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
5411 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
5412
5413 ;;;***
5414
5415 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
5416
5417 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
5418
5419 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
5420 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
5421 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
5422 if any, without prompting. Otherwise, if called interactively, give the user
5423 a choice whether to re-browse the last Environment or to browse a new one." t nil)
5424
5425 ;;;***
5426
5427 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
5428
5429 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
5430 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
5431 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
5432 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
5433 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
5434 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
5435 `br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
5436 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
5437
5438 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
5439 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
5440
5441 ;;;***
5442
5443 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
5444
5445 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
5446 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
5447 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
5448 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
5449 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
5450 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
5451
5452 ;;;***
5453
5454 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
5455
5456 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
5457 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
5458 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
5459 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
5460 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
5461 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
5462
5463 ;;;***
5464
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
5466
5467 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
5468 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
5469 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
5470 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
5471 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
5472 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
5473
5474 ;;;***
5475
5476 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
5477
5478 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
5479 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
5480 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
5481 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
5482 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
5483 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
5484
5485 ;;;***
5486
5487 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
5488
5489 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
5490 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
5491 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
5492 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
5493 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
5494 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
5495
5496 ;;;***
5497
5498 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
5499
5500 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
5501 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
5502 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
5503 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
5504 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
5505 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
5506
5507 ;;;***
5508
5509 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
5510
5511 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
5512 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
5513 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
5514 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
5515 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
5516 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
5517
5518 ;;;***
5519
5520 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
5521
5522 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
5523 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
5524 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
5525 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
5526 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
5527 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
5528
5529 ;;;***
5530
5531 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
5532
5533 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
5534 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
5535
5536 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
5537 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
5538
5539 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
5540 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
5541 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
5542 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
5543
5544 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
5545 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
5546 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
5547
5548 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
5549 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
5550
5551 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
5552 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
5553 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
5554 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
5555 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
5556 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
5557 never append to an existing entry. Today's date is calculated according to
5558 `change-log-time-zone-rule' if non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
5559
5560 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
5561 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
5562 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
5563 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
5564
5565 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
5566
5567 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
5568 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
5569 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
5570 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
5571 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
5572 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
5573
5574 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
5575 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
5576
5577 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
5578 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
5579
5580 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode) "\
5581 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
5582
5583 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
5584 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
5585
5586 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
5587 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
5588
5589 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
5590 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
5591 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
5592 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
5593
5594 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
5595
5596 ;;;***
5597
5598 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
5599
5600 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
5601
5602 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
5603 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
5604 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
5605 variables." t nil)
5606
5607 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
5608 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
5609 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
5610 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
5611 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
5612
5613 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
5614 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
5615 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
5616 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
5617 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
5618
5619 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
5620 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
5621 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
5622 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
5623 bindings.
5624 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
5625
5626 ;;;***
5627
5628 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
5629
5630 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
5631 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
5632 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
5633
5634 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
5635 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
5636 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
5637 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
5638
5639 ;;;***
5640
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
5642
5643 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
5644 Value is t or a symbol if the mouse pointer should avoid the cursor.
5645 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Changing this
5646 variable is NOT the recommended way to change modes; use that function
5647 instead.")
5648
5649 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
5650 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
5651 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
5652 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
5653
5654 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
5655 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
5656 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
5657
5658 Effects of the different modes:
5659 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
5660 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
5661 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
5662 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
5663 a random distance & direction.
5664 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
5665 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
5666 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
5667
5668 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
5669
5670 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
5671 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
5672 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
5673
5674 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
5675
5676 ;;;***
5677
5678 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
5679
5680 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
5681 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
5682 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
5683 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
5684 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
5685 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
5686 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
5687
5688 ;;;***
5689
5690 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
5691
5692 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
5693
5694 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
5695 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
5696 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
5697 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
5698 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
5699 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
5700
5701 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
5702
5703 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
5704
5705 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
5706
5707 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
5708
5709 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
5710
5711 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
5712
5713 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
5714
5715 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
5716
5717 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
5718
5719 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
5720
5721 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
5722
5723 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
5724
5725 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
5726
5727 (add-hook 'kill-emacs-hook (function (lambda nil (and (featurep 'bookmark) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
5728
5729 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
5730 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
5731 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
5732 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
5733 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
5734 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
5735 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
5736 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
5737 recent one.
5738
5739 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
5740 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
5741 yank successive words.
5742
5743 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
5744 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
5745 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
5746 name of the file being visited.
5747
5748 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
5749 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
5750 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
5751
5752 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
5753 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
5754 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
5755 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
5756 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
5757 this.
5758
5759 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
5760 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
5761 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
5762 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
5763
5764 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
5765 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
5766 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
5767 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
5768 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
5769
5770 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
5771 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
5772 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
5773 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
5774
5775 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
5776
5777 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
5778 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
5779 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
5780 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
5781
5782 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
5783 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
5784 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
5785
5786 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
5787 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
5788 name." t nil)
5789
5790 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
5791 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
5792 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
5793 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
5794 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
5795 this." t nil)
5796
5797 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
5798 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
5799 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
5800 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
5801 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
5802 one most recently used in this file, if any).
5803 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
5804 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
5805
5806 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
5807 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
5808 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
5809
5810 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
5811 Save currently defined bookmarks.
5812 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
5813 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
5814 \(second argument).
5815
5816 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
5817 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
5818 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
5819 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
5820 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
5821
5822 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
5823 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
5824 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
5825 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
5826
5827 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
5828 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
5829 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
5830 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
5831 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
5832 while loading.
5833
5834 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
5835 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
5836 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
5837 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
5838 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
5839 explicitly." t nil)
5840
5841 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
5842 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
5843 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
5844 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
5845 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
5846
5847 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
5848
5849 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
5850
5851 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
5852 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
5853 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
5854 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
5855 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
5856 this.
5857
5858 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
5859 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
5860 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
5861
5862 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
5863 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
5864 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
5865 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
5866 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
5867 this.
5868
5869 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
5870 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
5871 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
5872
5873 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
5874 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
5875 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
5876
5877 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
5878 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
5879 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
5880
5881 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
5882 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
5883 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
5884 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
5885 prompts for NEWNAME.
5886 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
5887 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
5888 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
5889
5890 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
5891 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
5892 name.
5893
5894 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
5895 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
5896 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
5897
5898 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
5899 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
5900 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
5901 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
5902 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
5903 one most recently used in this file, if any).
5904
5905 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
5906 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
5907 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
5908
5909 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
5910
5911 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map (symbol-value 'menu-bar-bookmark-map))
5912
5913 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))
5914
5915 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))
5916
5917 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))
5918
5919 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))
5920
5921 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))
5922
5923 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))
5924
5925 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] '("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))
5926
5927 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] '("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))
5928
5929 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] '("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))
5930
5931 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))
5932
5933 ;;;***
5934
5935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
5936
5937 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
5938
5939 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
5940
5941 ;;;***
5942
5943 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
5944
5945 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
5946 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
5947 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
5948 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
5949 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
5950 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
5951
5952 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
5953 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
5954 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
5955 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
5956 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
5957
5958 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
5959
5960 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
5961 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
5962 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
5963 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
5964 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
5965
5966 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
5967 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
5968 \\{command-history-map}
5969 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
5970 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
5971
5972 ;;;***
5973
5974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
5975
5976 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
5977
5978 ;;;***
5979
5980 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
5981
5982 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5983 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
5984 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5985 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5986
5987 This command pushes the mark in each window
5988 at the prior location of point in that window.
5989 If both windows display the same buffer,
5990 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5991 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5992
5993 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
5994 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5995 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
5996
5997 ;;;***
5998
5999 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
6000
6001 (defcustom compilation-mode-hook nil "*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks')." :type 'hook :group 'compilation)
6002
6003 (defcustom compilation-window-height nil "*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'compilation)
6004
6005 (defcustom compilation-buffer-name-function nil "Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.\nThe function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the\ncompilation buffer. It should return a string.\nnil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
6006
6007 (defcustom compilation-finish-function nil "*Function to call when a compilation process finishes.\nIt is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string\ndescribing how the process finished." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
6008
6009 (defcustom compilation-search-path '(nil) "*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.\nElements should be directory names, not file names of directories.\nnil as an element means to try the default directory." :type '(repeat (choice (const :tag "Default" nil) directory)) :group 'compilation)
6010
6011 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
6012 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
6013 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
6014 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
6015
6016 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
6017 and move to the source code that caused it.
6018
6019 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
6020 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
6021
6022 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
6023 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
6024 Then start the next one.
6025
6026 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
6027 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
6028 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
6029
6030 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
6031 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
6032 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
6033 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
6034
6035 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
6036 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
6037
6038 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
6039 Toggle compilation minor mode.
6040 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6041 See `compilation-mode'.
6042 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
6043
6044 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
6045 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
6046 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
6047 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
6048 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
6049
6050 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
6051 negative means move back to previous error messages.
6052 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
6053 and start at the first error.
6054
6055 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
6056 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
6057 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
6058
6059 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
6060 processing errors from that compilation.
6061
6062 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
6063 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
6064
6065 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
6066
6067 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
6068 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
6069 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
6070
6071 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
6072 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
6073 Visit corresponding source code.
6074 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
6075
6076 ;;;***
6077
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
6079
6080 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
6081
6082 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
6083
6084 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6085 Completion on current word.
6086 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6087 and presents suggestions for completion.
6088
6089 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6090 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6091 completions.
6092
6093 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6094 then it searches *all* buffers.
6095
6096 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
6097 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
6098
6099 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6100 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6101
6102 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6103 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6104 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6105 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6106 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6107
6108 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6109 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6110
6111 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6112 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6113 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6114
6115 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6116 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6117
6118 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
6119
6120 ;;;***
6121
6122 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
6123
6124 (defcustom diff-switches "-c" "*A list of switches (strings) to pass to the diff program." :type '(choice string (repeat string)) :group 'diff)
6125
6126 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6127 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6128 Interactively you are prompted with the current buffer's file name for NEW
6129 and what appears to be its backup for OLD." t nil)
6130
6131 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6132 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6133 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6134 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6135 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
6136
6137 ;;;***
6138
6139 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
6140
6141 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
6142 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
6143 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
6144
6145 Editing commands:
6146
6147 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
6148
6149 ;;;***
6150
6151 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
6152
6153 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
6154 Report a bug in XEmacs.
6155 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6156
6157 ;;;***
6158
6159 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
6160
6161 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
6162 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6163
6164 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
6165
6166 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
6167 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6168
6169 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
6170 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6171
6172 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
6173 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6174
6175 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
6176
6177 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
6178
6179 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
6180
6181 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
6182
6183 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
6184 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6185
6186 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
6187 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6188
6189 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
6190
6191 ;;;***
6192
6193 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
6194
6195 (defcustom tags-build-completion-table 'ask "*If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.\nIf this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with \n completion across all known tags.\nIf this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each\n tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.\n (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,\n since they can be parsed quickly.)" :type '(radio (const :tag "Disabled" nil) (const :tag "Complete All" t) (const :tag "Ask" ask)) :group 'etags)
6196
6197 (defcustom tags-always-exact nil "*If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches." :type 'boolean :group 'etags)
6198
6199 (defcustom tag-table-alist nil "*A list which determines which tags files should be active for a \ngiven buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all \nelements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a \npattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it \nmatches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags\ntable to use. If more than one element of this list matches the\nbuffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be\nused. Earlier ones will be searched first.\n\nIf the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated\nas regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the\nauto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.\nIf they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to\nmatch.\n\nIf the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are\nassumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string\n\"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not \nstrings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.\n\nFor example:\n (setq tag-table-alist\n '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")\n (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")\n (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n ))\n\nThis means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use\nthe TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should\nuse the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the\ndirectory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.\nA file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files\n/usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)\nbecause it matches both patterns.\n\nIf the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags\ntable that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this\nbuffer.\n\nIf there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in \nquestion, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the\n`buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)\n\nIf the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply\nto all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.\n" :type '(repeat (cons regexp sexp)) :group 'etags)
6200
6201 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
6202 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
6203 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6204 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
6205
6206 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
6207 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
6208 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
6209 and puts point at its definition.
6210 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
6211 around or before point is used as the tag name.
6212 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
6213 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
6214 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
6215 the tag.
6216
6217 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
6218 and completion.
6219
6220 Variables of note:
6221
6222 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
6223 tags-file-name a default tags table
6224 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
6225 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
6226 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
6227 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
6228
6229 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
6230 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
6231 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
6232 and puts point at its definition.
6233 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
6234 around or before point is used as the tag name.
6235 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
6236 searches for the next tag in the tag table
6237 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
6238
6239 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
6240 and completion.
6241
6242 Variables of note:
6243
6244 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
6245 tags-file-name a default tags table
6246 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
6247 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
6248 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
6249 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
6250
6251 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
6252 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
6253
6254 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6255 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
6256 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6257
6258 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6259 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6260
6261 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6262 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
6265 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6266 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6267 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6268 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
6269 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
6270 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
6271 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
6272 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6273
6274 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
6275 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6276 Stops when a match is found.
6277 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6278
6279 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
6280
6281 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
6282 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6283 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6284 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6285 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6286
6287 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
6288
6289 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
6290 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6291 FILE should not contain a directory spec
6292 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
6293
6294 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
6295 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6296
6297 ;;;***
6298
6299 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
6300
6301 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
6302 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6303 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6304 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6305
6306 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6307
6308 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6309 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6310 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6311
6312 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6313 - When you save the file's buffer.
6314 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6315 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6316 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6317 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6318
6319 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6320
6321 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6322 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6323 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6324 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6325
6326 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
6327 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6328
6329 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
6330
6331 ;;;***
6332
6333 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
6334
6335 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
6336
6337 ;;;***
6338
6339 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
6340
6341 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
6342 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
6343 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
6344 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
6345 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
6346 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
6347 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
6348
6349 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
6350 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
6351 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
6352 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
6353
6354 ;;;***
6355
6356 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-set-defaults-1 font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
6357
6358 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
6359 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
6360 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
6361 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
6362 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
6363 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
6364
6365 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
6366 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
6367
6368 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
6369 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
6370
6371 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
6372 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
6373 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
6374 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
6375 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
6376 should be one of
6377
6378 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
6379 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
6380 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
6381 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
6382 any of the tag lists apply.
6383 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
6384
6385 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
6386 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
6387 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
6388
6389 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
6390 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
6391 how to do it.")
6392
6393 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
6394 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
6395
6396 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
6397 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
6398 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
6399 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
6400
6401 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
6402 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
6403 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
6404 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
6405 any of the tag lists apply.
6406 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
6407
6408 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
6409 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
6410 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
6411
6412 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
6413 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
6414 how to do it.")
6415
6416 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
6417 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
6418 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
6419 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
6420 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
6421 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
6422 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
6423 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
6424 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
6425 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
6426
6427 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
6428
6429 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
6430 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
6431 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
6432 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
6433 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
6434 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
6435 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
6436 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
6437 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
6438
6439 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
6440 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
6441 Each element should be of the form:
6442
6443 MATCHER
6444 (MATCHER . MATCH)
6445 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
6446 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
6447 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
6448 (eval . FORM)
6449
6450 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
6451
6452 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element,
6453 evaluated when the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature
6454 can be used to provide a keyword that can only be generated when Font
6455 Lock mode is actually turned on.
6456
6457 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
6458 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be highlighted following the
6459 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
6460
6461 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
6462
6463 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
6464
6465 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, a variable
6466 containing the regexp to search for, or the function to call to make
6467 the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search). MATCH
6468 is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
6469 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name
6470 to use. If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face,
6471 use a form like \"(progn sym)\".
6472
6473 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
6474 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
6475 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
6476 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
6477 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
6478
6479 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
6480
6481 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
6482 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
6483 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
6484 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
6485 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
6486 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
6487 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
6488 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
6489
6490 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
6491
6492 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
6493
6494 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
6495 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
6496 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
6497 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
6498 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
6499 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
6500 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
6501 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
6502
6503 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
6504
6505 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
6506
6507 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
6508 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
6509 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
6510 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
6511 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
6512 for \"item\" concluded.)
6513
6514 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
6515 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
6516
6517 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
6518 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
6519 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
6520
6521 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
6522 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
6523
6524 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
6525
6526 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
6527
6528 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6529 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
6530
6531 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
6532 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
6533 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6534
6535 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6536
6537 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6538 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6539 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
6540 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
6541 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
6542 `font-lock-keyword-face';
6543 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
6544 `font-lock-function-name-face';
6545 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
6546 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
6547 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
6548 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
6549 in `font-lock-reference-face';
6550 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
6551 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
6552
6553 and
6554
6555 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
6556 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6557
6558 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6559 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6560 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6561 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6562 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
6563 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6564
6565 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
6568 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
6569
6570 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
6571 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
6572
6573 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
6574 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
6575 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
6576
6577 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
6578
6579 (autoload 'font-lock-set-defaults-1 "font-lock" nil nil nil)
6580
6581 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
6582
6583 ;;;***
6584
6585 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
6586
6587 (autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
6588 Toggle sc-mode.
6589 SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
6590 Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
6591
6592 The following commands are available
6593 \\[sc-next-operation] perform next logical source control operation on current file
6594 \\[sc-show-changes] compare the version being edited with an older one
6595 \\[sc-version-diff-file] compare two older versions of a file
6596 \\[sc-show-history] display change history of current file
6597 \\[sc-visit-previous-revision] display an older revision of current file
6598 \\[sc-revert-file] revert buffer to last checked-in version
6599 \\[sc-list-all-locked-files] show all files locked in current directory
6600 \\[sc-list-locked-files] show all files locked by you in current directory
6601 \\[sc-list-registered-files] show all files under source control in current directory
6602 \\[sc-update-directory] get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
6603 \\[sc-rename-file] rename the current file and its source control file
6604
6605
6606 While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
6607 will be in effect.
6608
6609 Global user options:
6610 sc-diff-command A list consisting of the command and flags
6611 to be used for generating context diffs.
6612 sc-mode-expert suppresses some conformation prompts,
6613 notably for delta aborts and file saves.
6614 sc-max-log-size specifies the maximum allowable size
6615 of a log message plus one.
6616
6617
6618 When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
6619
6620 \\[sccs-insert-headers] insert source control headers in current file
6621
6622 When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
6623 the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
6624 file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
6625 sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
6626
6627 sccs-headers-wanted which %-keywords to insert when adding
6628 headers with C-c h
6629 sccs-insert-static if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
6630 get stuffed in a static string area so that
6631 what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
6632
6633 When using CVS you have additional commands
6634
6635 \\[sc-cvs-update-directory] update the current directory using pcl-cvs
6636 \\[sc-cvs-file-status] show the CVS status of current file
6637 " t nil)
6638
6639 ;;;***
6640
6641 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start gnuserv-running-p) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
6642
6643 (defcustom gnuserv-frame nil "*The frame to be used to display all edited files.\nIf nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.\nIf t, then the currently selected frame will be used.\nIf a function, then this will be called with a symbol `x' or `tty' as the\nonly argument, and its return value will be interpreted as above." :tag "Gnuserv Frame" :type '(radio (const :tag "Create new frame each time" nil) (const :tag "Use selected frame" t) (function-item :tag "Use main Emacs frame" gnuserv-main-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Use visible frame, otherwise create new" gnuserv-visible-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Create special Gnuserv frame and use it" gnuserv-special-frame-function) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'gnuserv)
6644
6645 (autoload 'gnuserv-running-p "gnuserv" "\
6646 Return non-nil if a gnuserv process is running from this XEmacs session." nil nil)
6647
6648 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
6649 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
6650 This starts a gnuserv communications subprocess through which
6651 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
6652 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
6653
6654 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
6655
6656 ;;;***
6657
6658 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
6659
6660 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
6661 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
6662
6663 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
6664 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
6665 to that object." t nil)
6666
6667 ;;;***
6668
6669 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
6670
6671 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
6672 \\<hexl-mode-map>
6673 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
6674
6675 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
6676 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
6677
6678 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
6679 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
6680 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
6681 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
6682
6683 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
6684 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
6685 periods.
6686
6687 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
6688 in hexl format.
6689
6690 A sample format:
6691
6692 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
6693 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
6694 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
6695 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
6696 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
6697 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
6698 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
6699 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
6700 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
6701 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
6702 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
6703 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
6704 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
6705 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
6706 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
6707
6708 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
6709 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
6710 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
6711
6712 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
6713 also supported.
6714
6715 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
6716
6717 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
6718 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
6719 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
6720
6721 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
6722 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
6723 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
6724
6725 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
6726 into the buffer at the current point.
6727
6728 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
6729 into the buffer at the current point.
6730
6731 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
6732 into the buffer at the current point.
6733
6734 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
6735
6736 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
6737 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
6738
6739 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
6740
6741 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
6742
6743 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
6744 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
6745 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
6746
6747 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
6748 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
6749 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
6750
6751 ;;;***
6752
6753 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-set-variable hypropos-get-doc hypropos-read-variable-symbol hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-describe-face hyper-describe-key-briefly hyper-describe-key hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
6754
6755 (defcustom hypropos-show-brief-docs t "*If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the\n\"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches." :type 'boolean :group 'hyper-apropos)
6756
6757 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
6758 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
6759 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
6760 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
6761 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
6762
6763 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
6764
6765 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key-briefly "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
6766
6767 (autoload 'hyper-describe-face "hyper-apropos" "\
6768 Describe face..
6769 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
6770
6771 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
6772 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
6773 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
6774
6775 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
6776 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
6777 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
6778 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
6779
6780 (autoload 'hypropos-read-variable-symbol "hyper-apropos" "\
6781 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
6782 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." nil nil)
6783
6784 (autoload 'hypropos-get-doc "hyper-apropos" "\
6785 Toggle display of documentation for the symbol on the current line." t nil)
6786
6787 (autoload 'hyper-set-variable "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
6788
6789 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
6790 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
6791
6792 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
6793
6794 ;;;***
6795
6796 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
6797
6798 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
6799 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session.
6800 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
6801
6802 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
6803 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
6804 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
6805
6806 ;;;***
6807
6808 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-igrep-find dired-do-igrep igrep-find-define igrep-find igrep-define igrep) "igrep" "packages/igrep.el")
6809
6810 (autoload 'igrep "igrep" "\
6811 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION in FILES.
6812 The output is displayed in the *igrep* buffer, which \\[next-error] and
6813 \\[compile-goto-error] parse to find each line of matched text.
6814
6815 PROGRAM may be nil, in which case it defaults to `igrep-program'.
6816
6817 EXPRESSION is automatically delimited by `igrep-expression-quote-char'.
6818
6819 FILES is either a file name pattern (expanded by the shell named by
6820 `shell-file-name') or a list of file name patterns.
6821
6822 Optional OPTIONS is also passed to PROGRAM; it defaults to `igrep-options'.
6823
6824 If a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) is given when called interactively,
6825 or if `igrep-read-options' is set, OPTIONS is read from the minibuffer.
6826
6827 If two prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
6828 or if `igrep-read-multiple-files' is set, FILES is read from the minibuffer
6829 multiple times.
6830
6831 If three prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
6832 or if `igrep-read-options' and `igrep-read-multiple-files' are set,
6833 OPTIONS is read and FILES is read multiple times.
6834
6835 If `igrep-find' is non-nil, the directory or directories
6836 containing FILES is recursively searched for files whose name matches
6837 the file name component of FILES (and whose contents match
6838 EXPRESSION)." t nil)
6839
6840 (autoload 'igrep-define "igrep" "\
6841 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND as an `igrep' analogue command.
6842 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
6843
6844 (autoload 'igrep-find "igrep" "\
6845 *Run `grep` via `find`; see \\[igrep] and `igrep-find'.
6846 All arguments (including prefix arguments, when called interactively)
6847 are handled by `igrep'." t nil)
6848
6849 (autoload 'igrep-find-define "igrep" "\
6850 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND-find as an `igrep' analogue `find` command.
6851 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
6852
6853 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep "igrep" "\
6854 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
6855 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) files." t nil)
6856
6857 (defalias 'dired-do-grep 'dired-do-igrep)
6858
6859 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep-find "igrep" "\
6860 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
6861 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) directories." t nil)
6862
6863 (defalias 'dired-do-grep-find 'dired-do-igrep-find)
6864
6865 ;;;***
6866
6867 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
6868
6869 (autoload 'info "info" "\
6870 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
6871 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
6872 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
6873
6874 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
6875 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
6876
6877 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
6878 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
6879
6880 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
6881 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
6882 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
6883 (FILENAME)NODENAME
6884 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
6885 NODENAME (in current file)
6886 TAGNAME (see below)
6887 FILENAME (using Top node)
6888 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
6889 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
6890
6891 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
6892 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
6893
6894 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
6895 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
6896
6897 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
6898 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
6899 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
6900
6901 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
6902 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
6903 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
6904
6905 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
6906 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
6907 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
6908
6909 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
6910 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
6911 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
6912
6913 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
6914 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
6915 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
6916
6917 ;;;***
6918
6919 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
6920
6921 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
6922 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
6923
6924 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
6925 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
6926 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
6927
6928 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
6929 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
6930 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
6931
6932 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
6933 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
6934 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
6935 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
6936
6937 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
6938 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
6939 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
6940
6941 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
6942 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
6943 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
6944 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
6945 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
6946
6947 ;;;***
6948
6949 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
6950
6951 (defcustom ispell-personal-dictionary nil "*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.\nIf nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,\nwhere DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary." :type 'file :group 'ispell)
6952
6953 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[^a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
6954
6955 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[^A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("norsk" "[A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[^A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "norsk") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("italiano" "[A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[^A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[']" t ("-d" "italiano") "~list") ("dansk" "[A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "[^A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
6956
6957 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
6958 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
6959
6960 Each element of this list is also a list:
6961
6962 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
6963 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
6964
6965 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
6966 means the default dictionary.
6967
6968 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
6969 word.
6970
6971 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
6972
6973 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
6974 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
6975 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
6976 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
6977
6978 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
6979
6980 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
6981 word instead of only one.
6982
6983 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
6984 subprocess.
6985
6986 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
6987 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
6988 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
6989 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
6990 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
6991 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
6992 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
6993 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
6994
6995 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
6996 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
6997 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
6998
6999 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
7000 Key map for ispell menu")
7001
7002 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
7003 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
7004
7005 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
7006
7007 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
7008
7009 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
7010
7011 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
7012
7013 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
7014
7015 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
7016 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
7017 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
7018
7019 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
7020 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
7021 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
7022 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
7023 local variable syntax.")
7024
7025 (define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
7026
7027 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
7028 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
7029 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
7030 in a window allowing you to choose one.
7031
7032 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
7033 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
7034
7035 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
7036 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
7037 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
7038 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
7039 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
7040
7041 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
7042
7043 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
7044 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
7045
7046 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
7047 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
7048
7049 Selections are:
7050
7051 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
7052 SPC: Accept word this time.
7053 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
7054 `a': Accept word for this session.
7055 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
7056 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
7057 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
7058 `?': Show these commands.
7059 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
7060 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
7061 the aborted check to be completed later.
7062 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
7063 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
7064 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
7065 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
7066 `C-l': redraws screen
7067 `C-r': recursive edit
7068 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
7069
7070 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
7071 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
7072 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
7073
7074 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
7075 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
7076 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
7077
7078 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
7079
7080 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
7081
7082 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
7083 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
7084
7085 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
7086 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
7087
7088 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
7089
7090 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
7091 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
7092 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
7093 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
7094
7095 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
7096
7097 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
7098 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
7099
7100 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
7101 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
7102 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
7103
7104 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
7105 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
7106
7107 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
7108 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
7109 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
7110 Don't check included messages.
7111
7112 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
7113 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
7114 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
7115
7116 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
7117 in your .emacs file:
7118 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
7119 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
7120 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
7121
7122 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
7123 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
7124 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
7125
7126 ;;;***
7127
7128 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
7129
7130 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
7131 Documented as original." nil nil)
7132
7133 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
7134 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
7135 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
7136 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
7137 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
7138 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
7139
7140 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
7141 Install jka-compr.
7142 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
7143 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
7144
7145 ;;;***
7146
7147 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
7148
7149 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
7150 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
7151 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7152 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
7153
7154 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
7155
7156 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
7157 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
7158
7159 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
7160 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
7161
7162 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
7163 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
7164
7165 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
7166 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
7167 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
7168 fontification.
7169
7170 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
7171
7172 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
7173 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
7174
7175 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode nil))
7176
7177 ;;;***
7178
7179 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
7180
7181 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
7182 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
7183
7184 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
7185 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
7186
7187 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
7188 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
7189
7190 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
7191 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
7192 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
7193 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
7194 for later transmission to Lisp job.
7195 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
7196 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
7197 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
7198 and transmit saved text.
7199 \\{ledit-mode-map}
7200 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
7201 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
7202
7203 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
7204
7205 ;;;***
7206
7207 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
7208
7209 (defcustom lpr-switches nil "*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.\nSee `lpr-command'." :type '(repeat (string :tag "Argument")) :group 'lpr)
7210
7211 (defcustom lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "*Name of program for printing a file." :type 'string :group 'lpr)
7212
7213 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
7214 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
7215 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
7216
7217 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
7218 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
7219 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
7220
7221 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
7222 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
7223 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
7224
7225 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
7226 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
7227 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
7228
7229 ;;;***
7230
7231 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
7232
7233 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
7234 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
7235 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
7236
7237 ;;;***
7238
7239 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
7240
7241 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
7242 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC." t nil)
7243
7244 ;;;***
7245
7246 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
7247
7248 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
7249 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
7250 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
7251
7252 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
7253 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
7254 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
7255 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
7256 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
7257 redisplayed as output is inserted.
7258 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
7259
7260 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
7261 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
7262 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
7263 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
7264 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
7265 means current).
7266 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
7267 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
7268
7269 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
7270 Process current region through 'metamail'.
7271 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
7272 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
7273 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
7274 means current).
7275 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
7276 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
7277
7278 ;;;***
7279
7280 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
7281
7282 (defcustom paren-mode nil "*Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.\nValid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.\n nil no parenthesis highlighting.\n blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.\n paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.\n sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.\n nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the\n nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions\n and shell quoting.\n\nThis variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and\nhighlight parentheses differently in different major modes." :type '(radio (const nil) (const blink-paren) (const paren) (const sexp) (const nested)) :group 'paren-matching)
7283
7284 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
7285 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
7286 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be passed directly.
7287 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
7288
7289 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
7290
7291 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
7292 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
7293
7294 ;;;***
7295
7296 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
7297
7298 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
7299 Turn on pending delete.
7300 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
7301 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
7302
7303 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
7304 Turn off pending delete.
7305 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
7306 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
7309 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
7310 With a positive argument, turns it on.
7311 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
7312 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
7313
7314 ;;;***
7315
7316 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
7317
7318 (defcustom ps-paper-type 'letter "*Specifies the size of paper to format for.\nShould be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for\nexample `letter', `legal' or `a4'." :type '(symbol :validate (lambda (wid) (if (assq (widget-value wid) ps-page-dimensions-database) nil (widget-put wid :error "Unknown paper size") wid))) :group 'ps-print)
7319
7320 (defcustom ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "*If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color." :type 'boolean :group 'ps-print-color)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
7323 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
7324
7325 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7326 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7327 it to the printer.
7328
7329 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7330 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7331 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7332 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
7335 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
7336 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
7337 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
7338 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
7339
7340 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
7341 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
7342 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
7343
7344 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
7345 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
7346 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
7347 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
7348 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
7349
7350 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
7351 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
7352 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7353 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7354
7355 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
7358 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
7359 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
7360 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
7361 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
7362
7363 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
7364
7365 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
7366 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
7367 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7368
7369 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
7370
7371 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
7372 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
7373 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
7374 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
7375 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
7376
7377 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
7380 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
7381
7382 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
7383 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
7384 it to the printer.
7385
7386 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7387 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7388 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7389 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
7390
7391 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
7392 *Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
7393 using the current ps-print setup.
7394 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
7395 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
7398 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
7399 of pages the current buffer would require to print
7400 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
7403 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
7404 of pages the current region would require to print
7405 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
7406
7407 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
7408 *Return the current setup" nil nil)
7409
7410 ;;;***
7411
7412 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
7413
7414 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
7415 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
7416 See \\[compile]." t nil)
7417
7418 ;;;***
7419
7420 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
7421
7422 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
7423 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
7424
7425 ;;;***
7426
7427 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
7428
7429 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
7430 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
7431 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
7432 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
7433 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
7434
7435 ;;;***
7436
7437 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
7438
7439 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
7440
7441 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
7442 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
7443 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
7444 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
7445 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
7446 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
7449 Check spelling of word at or before point.
7450 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
7451 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
7452
7453 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
7454 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
7455 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
7456 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
7457 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
7460 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
7461
7462 ;;;***
7463
7464 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
7465
7466 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
7467 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
7468 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
7469 Letters no longer insert themselves.
7470 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
7471 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
7472
7473 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
7474 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
7475 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
7476 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
7477
7478 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
7479 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
7480
7481 ;;;***
7482
7483 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
7484
7485 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
7486 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
7487 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
7488 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
7489 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
7490 program an keyboard input.
7491
7492 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
7493 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
7494 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
7495 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
7496
7497 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
7498 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
7499 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
7500 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
7501 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
7502
7503 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
7504
7505 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
7506 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
7507 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
7508 terminal-redisplay-interval.
7509
7510 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
7511 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
7512 subprocess started.
7513
7514 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
7515 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
7516
7517 ;;;***
7518
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
7520
7521 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
7522 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
7523 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
7524 names specified in the @setfilename command.
7525
7526 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
7527 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
7528 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
7529
7530 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
7531 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
7532 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
7533 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
7534 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
7535
7536 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
7537 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
7538 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
7539 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
7540 For example, invoke
7541 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
7542
7543 ;;;***
7544
7545 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
7546
7547 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
7548 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
7549 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
7550 marked region.
7551
7552 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
7553 keybindings, are:
7554
7555 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
7556 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
7557 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
7558
7559 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
7560 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
7561 texinfo-master-menu ()
7562
7563 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
7564
7565 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
7566 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
7567
7568 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
7569 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
7570
7571 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
7572 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
7573
7574 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
7575 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
7576 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
7577 `p' takes you straight through the file.
7578
7579 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
7580 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
7581 marked region.
7582
7583 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
7584 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
7585 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
7586 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
7587
7588 ;;;***
7589
7590 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
7591
7592 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
7593 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
7594 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
7595 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
7596 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
7597 Time-stamp: <>
7598 Time-stamp: \" \"
7599 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
7600 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
7601 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
7602 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
7603 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
7604 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
7605 control finding the template." t nil)
7606
7607 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
7608 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
7609 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
7610
7611 ;;;***
7612
7613 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
7614
7615 (defcustom display-time-day-and-date nil "*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day,date and time.\nThis affects the spec 'date in the variable display-time-form-list." :group 'display-time :type 'boolean)
7616
7617 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
7618 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
7619 Updates automatically every minute.
7620 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
7621 are displayed as well.
7622 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
7623 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
7624 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
7625
7626 ;;;***
7627
7628 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
7629
7630 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
7631 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
7632 Works by overstriking underscores.
7633 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
7634 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
7635
7636 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
7637 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
7638 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
7639 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
7640
7641 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
7642 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
7643 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
7644 range to operate on." t nil)
7645
7646 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
7647 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
7648 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
7649 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
7650
7651 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
7652 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
7653 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
7654
7655 ;;;***
7656
7657 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
7658
7659 (defcustom copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "*If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.\nIf it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright\nholder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
7660
7661 (defcustom copyright-whoami nil "*A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
7662
7663 (defcustom copyright-notice-file nil "*If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file." :type '(choice (const nil) file) :group 'copyright)
7664
7665 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
7666 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
7667 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
7668 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
7669 rather than adding the current year after them.
7670 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
7671 copyright are replaced as well.
7672
7673 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
7674 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
7675 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
7676 than adding to it." t nil)
7677
7678 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
7679 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
7680 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
7681 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
7682
7683 ;;;***
7684
7685 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-checkout vc-register vc-next-action vc-find-binary) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
7686
7687 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
7688 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
7689 See `run-hooks'.")
7690
7691 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
7692 *Normal hook (List of functions) run after a checkin is done.
7693 See `run-hooks'.")
7694
7695 (autoload 'vc-find-binary "vc" "\
7696 Look for a command anywhere on the subprocess-command search path." nil nil)
7697
7698 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
7699 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
7700 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
7701 it will operate on the file in the current line.
7702 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
7703 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
7704 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
7705 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
7706 lock steals will raise an error.
7707 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
7708
7709 For RCS and SCCS files:
7710 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
7711 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
7712 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
7713 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
7714 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
7715 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
7716 it performs a revert.
7717 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
7718 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
7719 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
7720 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
7721 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
7722 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
7723 the option to steal the lock.
7724
7725 For CVS files:
7726 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
7727 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
7728 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
7729 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
7730 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
7731 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
7732 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
7733 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
7734 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
7735
7736 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
7737 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
7738
7739 (autoload 'vc-checkout "vc" "\
7740 Retrieve a copy of the latest version of the given file." nil nil)
7741
7742 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
7743 Display diffs between file versions.
7744 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
7745 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
7746 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
7747 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
7748
7749 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
7750 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
7751 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
7752 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
7753
7754 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
7755 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
7756 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
7757 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
7758
7759 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
7760 Show version-control status of the current directory and subdirectories.
7761 Normally it creates a Dired buffer that lists only the locked files
7762 in all these directories. With a prefix argument, it lists all files." t nil)
7763
7764 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
7765 Make a snapshot called NAME.
7766 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
7767 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
7768 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
7769
7770 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
7771 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
7772 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
7773 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
7774 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
7775
7776 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
7777 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
7778
7779 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
7780 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
7781 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
7782 to that version.
7783 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
7784 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
7785
7786 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
7787 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
7788 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
7789
7790 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
7791 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
7792
7793 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
7794 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
7795 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
7796 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
7797 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
7798
7799 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
7800
7801 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
7802 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
7803 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
7804
7805 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
7806 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
7807 default directory." t nil)
7808
7809 ;;;***
7810
7811 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "packages/webjump.el")
7812
7813 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
7814 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
7815
7816 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
7817 hotlist.
7818
7819 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
7820 <nwv@acm.org>.
7821
7822 The latest version can be gotten from `http://www.cs.brown.edu/people/nwv/'.
7823 That Web site also contains `webjump-plus.el', a larger and more frequently
7824 updated sample WebJump hotlist." t nil)
7825
7826 ;;;***
7827
7828 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-www) "webster-www" "packages/webster-www.el")
7829
7830 (autoload 'webster-www "webster-www" "\
7831 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary at http://www.m-w.com using WWW." t nil)
7832
7833 ;;;***
7834
7835 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
7836
7837 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
7838 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
7839
7840 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
7841 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
7842
7843 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
7844 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
7845
7846 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
7847 Run an inferior Scheme process.
7848 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
7849 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
7850
7851 ;;;***
7852
7853 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
7854
7855 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
7856
7857 ;;;***
7858
7859 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
7860
7861 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
7862 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
7863 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
7864 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
7865
7866 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
7867 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
7868 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
7869 cvs-mode on it.
7870
7871 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
7872
7873 ;;;***
7874 4
7875 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el") 5 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
7876 6
7877 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" "\ 7 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" "\
7878 Describe the True Editor and its minions." t nil) 8 Describe the True Editor and its minions." t nil)
8068 198
8069 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil) 199 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
8070 200
8071 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\ 201 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
8072 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. 202 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
8073 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply 203 The user's `custom-file' is altered so that this will apply
8074 to future sessions." t nil) 204 to future sessions." t nil)
8075 205
8076 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\ 206 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
8077 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. 207 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
8078 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply 208 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
8366 496
8367 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. 497 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
8368 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) 498 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
8369 499
8370 ;;;*** 500 ;;;***
8371 501
8372 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el") 502 (provide 'prim-autoloads)
8373 503 ))
8374 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
8375
8376 ;;;***
8377
8378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
8379
8380 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
8381 HTML mode." t)
8382
8383 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
8384 HTML3 mode." t)
8385
8386 ;;;***
8387
8388 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
8389
8390 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
8391 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
8392 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
8393 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
8394
8395 You can find information with:
8396 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
8397 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
8398
8399 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
8400 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
8401 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
8402 \\[sgml-tag-region].
8403
8404 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
8405
8406 Structure editing:
8407 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
8408 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the next element.
8409 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
8410 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
8411 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
8412 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
8413 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
8414
8415 Finding interesting positions
8416 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
8417 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
8418 amiss with the structure.
8419
8420 Folding and unfolding
8421 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
8422 the first line visible.
8423 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
8424 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
8425 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
8426
8427 User options:
8428
8429 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
8430 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
8431 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
8432 elements in the content of an inserted element.
8433 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
8434 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
8435 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
8436 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
8437 inserted tag(s).
8438 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
8439 for a undefined element is found.
8440 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
8441 they are split into several panes.
8442 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
8443 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
8444 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
8445 edit-attributes.
8446 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
8447 from end of element when adding end tag.
8448 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
8449 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
8450 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
8451 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
8452 sgml-system-path List of directories used to look for system identifiers.
8453 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
8454 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
8455 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
8456
8457 All bindings:
8458 \\{sgml-mode-map}
8459 " t nil)
8460
8461 ;;;***
8462
8463 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
8464
8465 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
8466 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
8467 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
8468
8469 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
8470 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
8471 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
8472 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
8473 value is the user's name.)
8474 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
8475
8476 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
8477 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
8478
8479 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
8480 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
8481 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
8482 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
8483 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
8484
8485 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
8486 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
8487
8488 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
8489 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
8490
8491 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
8492
8493 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
8494 Read and edit incoming mail.
8495 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
8496 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
8497 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
8498
8499 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
8500 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
8503 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
8504 All normal editing commands are turned off.
8505 Instead, these commands are available:
8506
8507 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
8508 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
8509 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
8510 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
8511 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
8512 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
8513 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
8514 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
8515 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
8516 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
8517 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
8518 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
8519 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
8520 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
8521 till a deleted message is found.
8522 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
8523 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
8524 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
8525 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
8526 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
8527 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
8528 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
8529 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
8530 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
8531 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
8532 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
8533 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
8534 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
8535 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
8536 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
8537 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
8538 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
8539 (label defaults to last one specified).
8540 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
8541 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
8542 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
8543 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
8544 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
8545 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
8546 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
8547 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
8548 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
8549
8550 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
8551 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
8552
8553 ;;;***
8554
8555 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
8556
8557 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
8558
8559 ;;;***
8560
8561 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
8562
8563 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
8564 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
8565 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
8566 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
8567 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
8568 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
8569
8570 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
8571 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
8572
8573 ;;;***
8574
8575 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
8576
8577 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
8578 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
8579
8580 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
8581 format. The message tag looks like:
8582
8583 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
8584
8585 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
8586 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
8587 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
8588 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
8589 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
8590 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
8591 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
8592
8593 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
8594 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
8595
8596 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
8597 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
8598 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
8599 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
8600 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
8601 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
8602 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
8603
8604 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
8605 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
8606 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
8607 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
8608
8609 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
8610 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
8611 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
8612
8613 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
8614 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
8615 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
8616 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
8617 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
8618 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
8619 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
8620 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
8621
8622 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
8623
8624 [make single part]
8625 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
8626 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
8627 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
8628 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
8629 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
8630 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
8631 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
8632 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
8633 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
8634
8635 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
8636 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
8637 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
8638 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
8639 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
8640 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
8641 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
8642 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
8643
8644 [other commands]
8645 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
8646 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
8647 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
8648 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
8649 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
8650 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
8651 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
8652 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
8653 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
8654
8655 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
8656 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
8657 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
8658
8659 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
8660 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
8661
8662 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
8663 into text/plain.
8664 --[[text/plain]]
8665 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
8666 is.
8667 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1]]
8668 This is also a plain text. But charset is specified as
8669 iso-8859-1.
8670
8671 ¡Hola! Buenos días. ¿Cómo está usted?
8672 --[[text/enriched]]
8673 This is a <bold>enriched text</bold>.
8674 --[[image/gif][base64]]...image encoded in base64 here...
8675 --[[audio/basic][base64]]...audio encoded in base64 here...
8676
8677 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
8678 mime-prefix
8679 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
8680
8681 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
8682 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
8683
8684 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
8685 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
8686
8687 mime-auto-hide-body
8688 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
8689 if non-nil.
8690
8691 mime-editor/transfer-level
8692 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
8693 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
8694
8695 mime-editor/voice-recorder
8696 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
8697 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
8698 SparcStations.
8699
8700 mime/editor-mode-hook
8701 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
8702 it is non-nil.
8703
8704 mime-editor/translate-hook
8705 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
8706 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
8707 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
8708 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
8709
8710 mime-editor/exit-hook
8711 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
8712 non-nil." t nil)
8713
8714 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
8715
8716 ;;;***
8717
8718 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
8719
8720 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
8721 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
8722 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
8723 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
8724 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
8725 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
8726 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
8727 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
8728 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
8729 interpreted as `error'.")
8730
8731 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
8732 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
8733 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
8734 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
8735 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
8736 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
8737 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
8738 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
8739
8740 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
8741 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
8742 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
8743 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
8744 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
8745 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
8746 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
8747 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
8748 will be overwritten with the new one.
8749 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
8750 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
8751 will clear the cache." nil nil)
8752
8753 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
8754 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
8755 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
8756
8757 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
8758 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
8759 BODY... )
8760
8761 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
8762 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
8763 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
8764 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
8765 see also `ad-add-advice'.
8766 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
8767 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
8768 before/around/after-advices will be used.
8769 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
8770 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
8771 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
8772 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
8773 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
8774 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
8775
8776 Semantics of the various flags:
8777 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
8778 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
8779 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
8780
8781 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
8782 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
8783
8784 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
8785 advised function should be compiled.
8786
8787 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
8788 during activation until somebody enables it.
8789
8790 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
8791 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
8792 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
8793 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
8794
8795 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
8796 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
8797 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
8798 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
8799 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
8800 during preloading.
8801
8802 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
8803
8804 ;;;***
8805
8806 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
8807
8808 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
8809 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
8810
8811 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
8812 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
8813
8814 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
8815 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
8816
8817 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
8818 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
8819 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
8820 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
8821 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
8822 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
8823 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
8824 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
8825 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
8826 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
8827 left." nil nil)
8828
8829 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
8830 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
8831
8832 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
8833 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
8834
8835 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
8836 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
8837 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
8838
8839 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
8840 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
8841
8842 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
8843 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
8844 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
8845
8846 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
8847 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
8848 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
8849
8850 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
8851 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
8852
8853 ;;;***
8854
8855 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
8856
8857 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
8858 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
8859 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
8860 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
8861 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
8862 are used." t nil)
8863
8864 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
8865 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
8866 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
8867
8868 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
8869 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
8870
8871 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
8872 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
8873 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
8874 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
8875
8876 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
8877 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
8878 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
8879 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8880 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8881 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
8882
8883 ;;;***
8884
8885 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
8886
8887 (defcustom browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.\nUsed by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and\n`browse-url-of-file' commands." :type 'function :group 'browse-url)
8888
8889 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
8890 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
8891
8892 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
8893 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
8894
8895 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
8896 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
8897 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
8898 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
8899
8900 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
8901 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
8902
8903 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
8904 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
8905 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
8906
8907 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
8908 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
8909 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
8910 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
8911
8912 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
8913 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
8914 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
8915
8916 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
8917 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
8918 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
8919
8920 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
8921 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
8922 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
8923 in an Xterm window." t nil)
8924
8925 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
8926 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
8927 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
8928 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
8929
8930 ;;;***
8931
8932 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
8933
8934 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
8935 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
8936 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
8937
8938 ;;;***
8939
8940 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
8941
8942 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
8943 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
8944 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
8945 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
8946 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
8947 doc string for that variable.
8948
8949 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
8950 The rest of the elements are menu items.
8951
8952 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8953
8954 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8955
8956 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
8957 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8958
8959 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8960 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
8961
8962 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8963
8964 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
8965
8966 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
8967
8968 :keys KEYS
8969
8970 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
8971
8972 :active ENABLE
8973
8974 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8975 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
8976
8977 :suffix NAME
8978
8979 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
8980
8981 :style STYLE
8982
8983 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
8984 defined:
8985
8986 toggle: A checkbox.
8987 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
8988 radio: A radio button.
8989 nil: An ordinary menu item.
8990
8991 :selected SELECTED
8992
8993 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
8994 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
8995 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
8996
8997 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
8998 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
8999 as a solid horizontal line.
9000
9001 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
9002 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
9003 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
9004 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
9005
9006 ;;;***
9007
9008 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-kbd-macro format-kbd-macro kbd read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "utils/edmacro.el")
9009
9010 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
9011
9012 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9013 Edit a keyboard macro.
9014 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9015 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9016 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
9017 its command name.
9018 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
9019
9020 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9021 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
9022
9023 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9024 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
9025
9026 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9027 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9028 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
9029 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9030 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
9031 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
9032
9033 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9034 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9035 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9036 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
9037
9038 (autoload 'kbd "edmacro" "\
9039 Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation." nil 'macro)
9040
9041 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9042 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9043 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9044 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9045 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9046 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
9047
9048 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9049 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9050 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9051 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9052
9053 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9054 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9055 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9056 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9057 bindings.
9058
9059 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9060 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9061
9062 ;;;***
9063
9064 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "utils/eldoc.el")
9065
9066 (defcustom eldoc-mode nil "*If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.\n\nFor the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is\nwithin, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.\nThis information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is\nin pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained\nfrom the documentation string if possible.\n\nIf point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring\ninstead.\n\nThis variable is buffer-local." :type 'boolean :group 'eldoc)
9067
9068 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
9069 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
9070 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
9071
9072 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
9073 of the mode.
9074 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
9075 the mode, respectively." t nil)
9076
9077 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
9078 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
9079
9080 ;;;***
9081
9082 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
9083
9084 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9085 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9086 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
9087
9088 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
9089 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
9090 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
9091
9092 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9093 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9094 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
9095
9096 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9097 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9098 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9099
9100 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
9101
9102 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9103 Display current profiling results.
9104 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9105 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9106 displayed." t nil)
9107
9108 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
9109 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
9110
9111 ;;;***
9112
9113 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
9114
9115 (define-key ctl-x-map "F" 'facemenu-keymap)
9116
9117 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9118 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9119
9120 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
9121 Keymap for face-changing commands.
9122 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
9123 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
9124
9125 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
9126 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9127 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9128 will not show through at all will be removed.
9129
9130 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
9131
9132 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
9133 this command sets the region to the requested face.
9134
9135 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9136 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9137 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
9138
9139 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
9140 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
9141 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
9142 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
9143 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
9144 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
9145 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
9146 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
9147
9148 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
9149 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
9150 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
9151 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
9152 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
9153 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
9154 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
9155 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
9156
9157 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
9158 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
9159 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
9160 is the menu item's name.
9161
9162 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
9163 this command sets the region to the requested face.
9164
9165 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9166 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9167 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
9168
9169 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
9170
9171 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
9172
9173 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
9174
9175 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
9176
9177 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
9178
9179 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
9180 Make the region invisible.
9181 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9182 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
9183
9184 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
9185 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9186 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9187 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
9188
9189 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
9190 Make the region unmodifiable.
9191 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9192 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
9193
9194 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
9195 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
9196
9197 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
9198 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9199 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
9200
9201 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
9202 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
9203
9204 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
9205 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
9206
9207 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
9208 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9209 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9210 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
9211 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
9212
9213 ;;;***
9214
9215 ;;;### (autoloads (floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar) "floating-toolbar" "utils/floating-toolbar.el")
9216
9217 (autoload 'floating-toolbar "floating-toolbar" "\
9218 Popup a toolbar near the current mouse position.
9219 The toolbar instantiator used is taken from the 'floating-toolbar
9220 property of any extent under the mouse. If no such non-nil
9221 property exists for any extent under the mouse, then the value of the
9222 variable `floating-toolbar' is checked. If its value si nil, then
9223 no toolbar will be displayed.
9224
9225 This command should be bound to a button press event.
9226
9227 When called from a program, first arg EVENT should be the button
9228 press event. Optional second arg EXTENT-LOCAL-ONLY specifies
9229 that only extent local toolbars should be used; this means the
9230 `floating-toolbar' variable will not be consulted." t nil)
9231
9232 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
9233 Like floating-toolbar, but if no toolbar is displayed
9234 run popup-mode-menu." t nil)
9235
9236 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
9237 Like floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu, but search only for an
9238 extent local toolbar." t nil)
9239
9240 ;;;***
9241
9242 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
9243
9244 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
9245 Toggle flow control handling.
9246 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9247 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
9248
9249 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
9250 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9251 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9252 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9253 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9254 to get the effect of a C-q.
9255
9256 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
9257
9258 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
9259 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
9260 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263
9264 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
9265
9266 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
9267 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9268
9269 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9270 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9271 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
9272 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
9273 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
9274 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
9275 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
9276 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9277 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
9278 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
9279 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
9280 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
9281 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
9282 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
9283 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
9284 " t nil)
9285
9286 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
9287 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
9288
9289 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
9290 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
9291
9292 ;;;***
9293
9294 ;;;### (autoloads (unhide-copyleft-region hide-copyleft-region) "hide-copyleft" "utils/hide-copyleft.el")
9295
9296 (autoload 'hide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
9297 Make the legal drivel at the front of this file invisible. Unhide it again
9298 with C-u \\[hide-copyleft-region]." t nil)
9299
9300 (autoload 'unhide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
9301 If the legal nonsense at the top of this file is elided, make it visible again." nil nil)
9302
9303 ;;;***
9304
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
9306
9307 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
9308 Highlight message headers between start and end.
9309 Faces used:
9310 message-headers the part before the colon
9311 message-header-contents the part after the colon
9312 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
9313 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
9314
9315 Variables used:
9316
9317 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
9318 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
9319 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
9320
9321 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
9322 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
9323 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
9324 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
9325
9326 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
9327
9328 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
9329
9330 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
9331
9332 ;;;***
9333
9334 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
9335
9336 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
9337 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
9338 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
9339 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
9340 the minibuffer." t nil)
9341
9342 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
9343 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
9344 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
9345 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
9346 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
9347
9348 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
9349 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
9350 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
9351 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
9352 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
9353
9354 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
9355 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
9356
9357 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
9358 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
9361 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
9362 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
9363 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
9364 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
9365
9366 ;;;***
9367
9368 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
9369
9370 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
9371 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9372 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
9373 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9374
9375 ;;;***
9376
9377 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
9378
9379 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
9380 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9381 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9382 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9383 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9384 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9385 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9386 consing a string.)
9387 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
9388 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
9389 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
9390
9391 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
9392 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
9393 in the minibuffer." t nil)
9394
9395 ;;;***
9396
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
9398
9399 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9400 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9401 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9402 often correct parser.")
9403
9404 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9405
9406 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
9407 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
9408 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
9409 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
9410 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
9411
9412 ;;;***
9413
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
9415
9416 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
9417 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
9418 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
9419 '(prompt . default).
9420 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
9421 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
9422 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
9423 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
9424
9425 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
9426 to reduce the possibility that eavesdropping is occuring.
9427
9428 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
9429 \\<read-passwd-map>
9430 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
9431 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
9432 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
9433 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
9434 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
9435
9436 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
9437 of the password remain after this function has returned.
9438
9439 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
9440 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
9441 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
9442 resultant core file.
9443
9444 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
9445
9446 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
9447 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
9448 or password histories.
9449
9450 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
9451 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
9452
9453 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
9454 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
9455 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
9456 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
9457 memory.
9458
9459 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
9460 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
9461 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
9462
9463 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
9464 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
9465
9466 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
9467 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
9468 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
9469
9470 ;;;***
9471
9472 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
9473
9474 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
9475
9476 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
9477 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
9478 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
9479 can handle, whenever this is possible.
9480 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
9481
9482 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
9483 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
9484 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
9485 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
9486 value." t nil)
9487
9488 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
9489 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
9490 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
9491 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
9492
9493 ;;;***
9494
9495 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
9496
9497 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
9498 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
9499
9500 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
9501 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
9502
9503 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
9504 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
9505
9506 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
9507 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
9508 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
9509 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
9510
9511 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
9512 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
9513 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
9514 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
9515
9516 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
9517 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
9518 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
9519 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
9520 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
9521 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
9522 look nicer." t nil)
9523
9524 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
9525 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
9526 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
9527 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
9528 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
9529 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
9530 look nicer." t nil)
9531
9532 ;;;***
9533
9534 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
9535
9536 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
9537
9538 ;;;***
9539
9540 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
9541
9542 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
9543 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
9544
9545 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
9546
9547 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
9548 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
9549
9550 ;;;***
9551
9552 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-save savehist-load) "savehist" "utils/savehist.el")
9553
9554 (autoload 'savehist-load "savehist" "\
9555 Load the histories saved to `savehist-file'.
9556 Unless PREFIX is non-nil, the function will also add the save function to
9557 `kill-emacs-hook'.
9558
9559 This function should be normally used from your Emacs init file. Since it
9560 removes your current minibuffer histories (if any), it is unwise to call it
9561 at any other time." t nil)
9562
9563 (autoload 'savehist-save "savehist" "\
9564 Save the histories from `savehist-history-variables' to `savehist-file'.
9565 A variable will be saved if it is bound and non-nil." t nil)
9566
9567 ;;;***
9568
9569 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
9570
9571 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
9572 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
9573
9574 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
9575 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
9576 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
9577 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
9578 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
9579
9580 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
9581 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
9582 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
9583 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
9584 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
9585 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
9586 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
9587
9588 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
9589 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
9590 ignored." t nil)
9591
9592 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
9593 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
9594 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
9595 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
9596 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
9597 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
9598 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
9599
9600 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
9601 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
9602 ignored." t nil)
9603
9604 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
9605 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
9606
9607 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
9608 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
9609 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
9610 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
9611 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
9612 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
9613 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
9614
9615 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
9616 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
9617 skeleton element.
9618
9619 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
9620 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
9621
9622 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
9623 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
9624
9625 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
9626 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
9627 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
9628 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
9629 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
9630 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
9631 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
9632 nil skipped
9633
9634 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
9635 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
9636 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
9637 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
9638 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
9639 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
9640 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
9641 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
9642
9643 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
9644 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
9645 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
9646 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
9647 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
9648 available:
9649
9650 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
9651 then: insert previously read string once more
9652 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
9653 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
9654 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
9655
9656 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
9657 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
9658
9659 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
9660 Insert the character you type ARG times.
9661
9662 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
9663 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
9664 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
9665 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
9666
9667 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
9668 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
9669 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
9670
9671 ;;;***
9672
9673 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "utils/speedbar.el")
9674
9675 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
9676 Enable or disable use of a speedbar. Positive number means turn
9677 on, negative turns speedbar off, and nil means toggle. Once the
9678 speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in `speedbar-mode' will be
9679 displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is supported at a time." t nil)
9680
9681 ;;;***
9682
9683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "utils/timezone.el")
9684
9685 (define-error 'invalid-date "Invalid date string")
9686
9687 ;;;***
9688
9689 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
9690
9691 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
9692 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
9693 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
9694 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
9695 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
9696
9697 ;;;***
9698
9699 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
9700
9701 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
9702 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
9703
9704 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
9705 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
9706 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
9707 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
9708 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
9709 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
9710 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
9711 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
9712
9713 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
9714 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
9715 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
9716 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
9717 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
9718 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
9719 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
9720
9721 ;;;***
9722
9723 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
9724
9725 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
9726 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
9727 The list is of the form
9728 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
9729 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
9730 instantiators for the button.
9731
9732 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
9733 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
9734 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
9735
9736 ;;;***
9737
9738 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
9739
9740 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
9741 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
9742 The list is of the form
9743 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
9744 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
9745 instantiators for the button.
9746
9747 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
9748 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
9749 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
9750 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
9751 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
9752 It should be a string." nil nil)
9753
9754 ;;;***
9755
9756 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
9757
9758 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
9759 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
9760
9761 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
9762
9763 ;;;***
9764
9765 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
9766
9767 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
9768 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
9769 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
9770 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
9771
9772 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
9773 The rest of the elements are menu items.
9774
9775 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
9776
9777 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
9778
9779 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
9780 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
9781
9782 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
9783 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
9784
9785 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
9786
9787 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
9788
9789 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
9790
9791 :keys KEYS
9792
9793 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
9794 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
9795 computed automatically.
9796
9797 :active ENABLE
9798
9799 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
9800 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
9801
9802 :suffix NAME
9803
9804 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
9805
9806 :style
9807
9808 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
9809 defined:
9810
9811 toggle: A checkbox.
9812 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
9813 radio: A radio button.
9814 nil: An ordinary menu item.
9815
9816 :selected SELECTED
9817
9818 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
9819 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
9820 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
9821
9822 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
9823 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
9824 as a solid horizontal line.
9825
9826 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
9827 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
9828 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
9829 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
9830
9831 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
9832
9833 ;;;***
9834
9835 ;;;### (autoloads (x-font-build-cache font-default-size-for-device font-default-encoding-for-device font-default-registry-for-device font-default-family-for-device font-default-object-for-device font-default-font-for-device font-create-object) "font" "w3/font.el")
9836
9837 (autoload 'font-create-object "font" nil nil nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'font-default-font-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
9840
9841 (autoload 'font-default-object-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
9842
9843 (autoload 'font-default-family-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
9844
9845 (autoload 'font-default-registry-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
9846
9847 (autoload 'font-default-encoding-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
9848
9849 (autoload 'font-default-size-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
9850
9851 (autoload 'x-font-build-cache "font" nil nil nil)
9852
9853 ;;;***
9854
9855 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "w3/url-cache.el")
9856
9857 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
9858 Store buffer BUFF in the cache" nil nil)
9859
9860 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
9861 Return non-nil if the URL is cached." nil nil)
9862
9863 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
9864 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache" nil nil)
9865
9866 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
9867 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
9868
9869 ;;;***
9870
9871 ;;;### (autoloads (url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "w3/url-gw.el")
9872
9873 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
9874 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
9875
9876 ;;;***
9877
9878 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "w3/url.el")
9879
9880 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
9881 Return a list of attributes of URL.
9882 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
9883 Otherwise, list elements are:
9884 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
9885 1. Number of links to file.
9886 2. File uid.
9887 3. File gid.
9888 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
9889 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
9890 5. Last modification time, likewise.
9891 6. Last status change time, likewise.
9892 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
9893 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
9894 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
9895 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
9896 10. inode number.
9897 11. Device number.
9898
9899 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
9900
9901 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
9902 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
9903 numbers, etc." nil nil)
9904
9905 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
9906 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
9907
9908 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
9909 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
9910 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
9911 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
9912
9913 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
9914 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
9915
9916 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
9917 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
9918 The document should be specified by its fully specified
9919 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
9920 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
9921 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
9922 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
9923 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
9924 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
9925
9926 ;;;***
9927
9928 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-hotlist-add-document w3-use-hotlist w3-hotlist-append w3-hotlist-rename-entry w3-hotlist-delete) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
9929
9930 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-delete "w3-hot" "\
9931 Deletes a document from your hotlist file" t nil)
9932
9933 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-rename-entry "w3-hot" "\
9934 Rename a hotlist item" t nil)
9935
9936 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-append "w3-hot" "\
9937 Append a hotlist to the one in memory" t nil)
9938
9939 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
9940 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
9941 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
9942 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
9943 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-add-document "w3-hot" "\
9946 Add this documents url to the hotlist" t nil)
9947
9948 ;;;***
9949
9950 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
9951
9952 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
9953 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
9954 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
9955 hypertext document." t nil)
9956
9957 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
9958 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
9959 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
9960 hypertext document." t nil)
9961
9962 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
9963 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
9964 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
9965 to disk." t nil)
9966
9967 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
9968 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
9969 Defaults to URL of the current document, if any.
9970 With prefix argument, use the URL of the hyperlink under point instead." t nil)
9971
9972 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
9973 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
9974 If there is no link under point, this will try using
9975 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
9976
9977 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
9978 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
9979 If there is no link under point, this will try using
9980 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
9983 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
9984
9985 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
9986 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
9987
9988 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
9989 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
9990 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
9991 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
9992 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
9993
9994 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
9995 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
9996 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
9997 Switzerland in 1991.
9998
9999 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
10000 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
10001 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
10002 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
10003
10004 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
10005 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
10006 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
10007
10008 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
10009 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
10010 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
10011 to disk." nil nil)
10012
10013 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
10014 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
10015 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
10016 to disk." t nil)
10017
10018 ;;;***
10019
10020 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
10021
10022 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
10023 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
10024
10025 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
10026 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
10027 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
10028
10029 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
10030
10031 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
10032 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
10033 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
10034 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
10035 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
10036 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
10037 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
10038
10039 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
10040
10041 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
10042
10043 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
10044
10045 ;;;***